Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...
Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...
Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
Taught Programmes Board<br />
A meeting of Taught Programmes Board will be held on Tuesday 31 January 2012 at 13.30<br />
in the Colette Bowe Room at Mile End Campus.<br />
Agenda<br />
Part 1 – Preliminary Items <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
1. Welcome <strong>and</strong> Apologies N/A Prof. S Dilly<br />
2. Minutes of the Previous Meeting TPB2011-019 Prof. S Dilly<br />
3. Matters Arising From the Previous<br />
Meeting<br />
TPB2011-020<br />
Prof. S Dilly<br />
Part 2 – For Discussion <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
4. Key Information Sets 2012/13 TPB2011-021 ARCS<br />
5. Integrated Masters Programmes TPB2011-022 ARCS<br />
6. Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Proposals:<br />
Signatures for forms<br />
7. University of London Institute in Paris:<br />
Background <strong>and</strong> progress report<br />
TPB2011-023<br />
TPB2011-024<br />
Prof. S Dilly<br />
Prof. S Dilly<br />
Part 3 – Programme Proposals <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences<br />
8. School of Language, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
MA Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> ten associated<br />
module proposals<br />
School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
Dr Falco<br />
Pfalzgraf<br />
9. Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong> Molecular Science<br />
BSc (Intercalated) Global Public Health <strong>and</strong><br />
Primary Care <strong>and</strong> ten associated module<br />
proposals<br />
TPB2011-026<br />
Dr James<br />
Lancaster<br />
1
Part 4 – Programme Amendments <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />
10. Barts Cancer Institute<br />
MSc Cancer Therapeutics TPB2011-027 Dr Simon Joel<br />
Part 5 – <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
School of History<br />
11. MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong><br />
Intellectual History (joint award with UCL)<br />
TPB2011-028<br />
ARCS<br />
Part 6 – Collaborative Provision <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
12. New Partner Due Diligence<br />
i. University of Western Australia – study<br />
abroad partnership<br />
TPB2011-029<br />
N/A<br />
ii.<br />
University of Illinois at Urbana – study<br />
abroad/exchange partnership<br />
TPB2011-030<br />
N/A<br />
Part 6 – Report of Proposals Approved by<br />
Schools/Institutes to Note<br />
13. Programme Amendments<br />
Module Proposals<br />
Module Amendments<br />
Module Withdrawals<br />
Part 7 – Report from the Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong><br />
Admissions Group (MRAG) to Note<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
TPB2011-031<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
Led by<br />
N/A<br />
Led by<br />
14. Programme Withdrawals TPB2011-032 N/A<br />
Part 8 – Other business <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />
15. Any other business N/A Prof. S Dilly<br />
16. Dates of next meeting<br />
The meeting date of the Taught Programmes<br />
Board is Wednesday 29 th February 2012 (1-<br />
3pm).<br />
The deadline for papers for this meeting is<br />
Wednesday 8 th February 2012.<br />
2
TPB2011-019<br />
Taught Programmes Board<br />
Minutes of the meeting of the Taught Programmes Board held on Wednesday 23<br />
November 2011 at 11.00 in the Colette Bowe Room.<br />
UNCONFIRMED<br />
Present:<br />
Professor Susan Dilly (Chair)<br />
Dr Warren Boutcher Professor Ray Croucher Professor Peter McOwan<br />
Professor Omar Garcia-Obregon Dr Alastair Owens Dr Martha Prevezer<br />
Professor Olwyn Westwood Oscar Williamson<br />
In attendance:<br />
Dr Katherine Bevan Ken Chow (Secretary) Dr Gabriel Gari<br />
Alana Lythgoe<br />
Jane Pallant<br />
Apologies:<br />
Sam Brenton Dr Martin Carrier Professor Elizabeth<br />
Davenport<br />
Professor Joy Hinson Dr Henri Huijberts Dr Theo Kreouzis<br />
Professor Julia Shelton<br />
Dr Matthew Williamson<br />
Part 1 – Preliminary Items<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
2. Minutes of the previous meeting TPB2011-014<br />
2011:015 The Board considered <strong>and</strong> confirmed the minutes of the previous meeting held on<br />
Wednesday 26 th October 2011, subject to a number of amendments to minute<br />
2011:006 relating to Key Information Sets.<br />
3. Matters Arising from the previous meeting TPB2011-015<br />
2011:016 The Board received a paper on the matters arising from the minutes of the previous<br />
(October) meeting of Taught Programmes Board. It was noted that there were a<br />
number of actions still to be addressed.<br />
Part 2 – For Discussion<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
4. Key Information Sets 2012/13 Oral Report<br />
2011:017 The Board received an oral report <strong>and</strong> tabled paper regarding the Key Information<br />
Sets initiative. The following points were noted:<br />
3
TPB2011-019<br />
i. Key Information Sets (KIS) were comparable sets of st<strong>and</strong>ardised<br />
information about undergraduate courses, which Higher Education<br />
Institutions were required to make available to students <strong>and</strong> other interested<br />
third-parties.<br />
ii.<br />
iii.<br />
iv.<br />
A KIS would be required for each undergraduate course that was delivered<br />
full-time or part-time <strong>and</strong> that had a total duration of more than one year.<br />
However, there were a number of exceptions to this requirement, including:<br />
intercalated degrees; part-time courses that were also offered on a full-time<br />
basis; courses that were mainly offered overseas; <strong>and</strong> closed courses.<br />
KIS data would comprise the following areas of information that students<br />
had identified as useful: student satisfaction (derived from the NSS); course<br />
information; employment <strong>and</strong> salary data (from the DLHE survey);<br />
accommodation costs; financial information; <strong>and</strong> information from the<br />
Students’ Union.<br />
Information would be published by course stage, for example, 1 st Year BSc<br />
Geography.<br />
v. The data collection period would be run by ARCS from January to mid<br />
February 2012 to collect the course data (e.g. contact hours) which was not<br />
already captured in SIS.<br />
vi.<br />
vii.<br />
viii.<br />
ix.<br />
ARCS would develop further school/course-specific information including a<br />
draft template (based on KIS requirements) for use in the data collection<br />
exercise, which would be issued by Tuesday 13 th December 2011. This<br />
would also detail how the information supplied for the KIS fitted together with<br />
existing data that was provided for the Student Information System (SIS)<br />
<strong>and</strong> for Taught Programmes Board.<br />
Action: ARCS<br />
HEFCE guidance stated that institutions could opt to use either actual<br />
2011/12 data or predicted 2012/13 data for all course learning <strong>and</strong> teaching<br />
assessment activities. There was also scope to submit both actual <strong>and</strong><br />
predicted data for different disciplines provided that there was not a mix of<br />
data for the same programme.<br />
Three categories of learning <strong>and</strong> teaching methods had been developed by<br />
the Quality Assurance Agency: scheduled learning <strong>and</strong> teaching activities;<br />
guided independent study; <strong>and</strong> placement/study abroad. Further information<br />
was available in the tabled paper, <strong>and</strong> in references contained within.<br />
Collection of the KIS was m<strong>and</strong>atory <strong>and</strong> would be reviewed on an annual<br />
basis.<br />
x. Members of the Board questioned how other institutions would respond to<br />
the KIS <strong>and</strong> wider discussion within the sector regarding contact hours.<br />
Such detailed information from competitors was hard to obtain.<br />
xi.<br />
xii.<br />
A consistent <strong>and</strong> rational application of contact hours for different discipline<br />
areas should be adopted by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>.<br />
Information relating to contact hours <strong>and</strong> costs for competitor provision had<br />
been collated by the 2012 Group <strong>and</strong> revealed a number of notable<br />
differences.<br />
4
xiii.<br />
xiv.<br />
xv.<br />
xvi.<br />
xvii.<br />
xviii.<br />
xix.<br />
xx.<br />
xxi.<br />
xxii.<br />
xxiii.<br />
TPB2011-019<br />
The nature of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning methods <strong>and</strong> the proportion of time<br />
spent in such activities would be collected from Schools on a module basis.<br />
The Year Abroad programme with the School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong><br />
Film could present issues with regards to contact hours, which might vary<br />
according to different educational systems operating within countries.<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> was currently exploring the purchase of the SITS component<br />
that was being developed by Tribal for the KIS. Using the Tribal KIS<br />
component would complement the existing SIS framework at QMUL <strong>and</strong><br />
present a number of advantages for the collection <strong>and</strong> validation of data.<br />
The acquisition of the SITS component was being explored with IT Services<br />
<strong>and</strong> was fully supported by the Board.<br />
HEFCE were reserving the right to audit any of the information <strong>and</strong> data that<br />
would be used to support the KIS <strong>and</strong> intended to carry out audits at a<br />
selection of institutions to assess the accuracy of the information used in the<br />
KIS.<br />
HEFCE had provided a provisional timetable concerning the creation <strong>and</strong><br />
publication of the 2012 KIS. The submission system for data collection<br />
would open during March 2012 with the final deadline for the submission of<br />
KIS data set as August 2012. Institutions would be able to preview the new<br />
official website with KIS <strong>and</strong> associated widgets from September 2012. The<br />
data can be viewed <strong>and</strong> signed-off by the institution in August prior to the<br />
system going live in September.<br />
Board members acknowledged the importance of embedding KIS widgets<br />
<strong>and</strong> data onto <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> web pages, particularly as this would allow<br />
Schools to put information relating to contact hours into context of the<br />
discipline. It was understood that <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Senior Executive Group<br />
would agree the institutional approach for this information.<br />
The further school/course-specific information, including the draft template<br />
for data collection that would be produced by ARCS by Tuesday 13 th<br />
December 2011 should be considered by the 2012 Group before it was<br />
circulated to schools.<br />
Following discussion with representatives from Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering,<br />
Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences, <strong>and</strong> the School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry it<br />
was suggested that it would be favourable to use actual, rather than<br />
predicted data. The process for verifying predicted data was debated, as this<br />
was currently unclear.<br />
There was a consensus from Board members that the decision to use actual<br />
or predicted data should be informed by the consideration of actual data <strong>and</strong><br />
whether the information relating to contact hours appeared acceptable.<br />
Using predicted data could have implications on shifting forward the<br />
timescales for the collection of data from schools, although there was a<br />
fallback position if predicted data was used.<br />
ARCS was intending to email the Head of School <strong>and</strong> School Administration<br />
Managers to nominate a member of staff to act as a key contact for KIS<br />
data. This nominee would need to be familiar with undergraduate course<br />
provision within the respective school <strong>and</strong> possess an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of SIS.<br />
The tabled KIS paper presented to the Board would also be circulated by the<br />
5
Deans for Taught Programmes.<br />
TPB2011-019<br />
xxiv.<br />
xxv.<br />
Any specific issues identified for programmes relating to contact hours within<br />
Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering, Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences, <strong>and</strong> the School<br />
of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry should be forwarded to Jane Pallant <strong>and</strong><br />
Katherine Bevan. These issues could then be discussed further at an<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Registrars <strong>Council</strong> (ARC) KIS event being held on December 1 st .<br />
Action: All Schools / JP / KB<br />
Given that information relating to programme fees would form part of the KIS<br />
the Board questioned whether the extra costs of programmes would be<br />
included (e.g. bench fees). This was currently unclear.<br />
5. Integrated Masters Programmes Oral Report<br />
2011:018 The Board received an update regarding the internal st<strong>and</strong>ardisation of integrated<br />
masters awards. The Board noted the following:<br />
i. The paper produced by ARCS relating to Integrated Masters Programmes<br />
had been circulated for comment to colleagues within the Faculty of Science<br />
<strong>and</strong> Engineering.<br />
ii.<br />
iii.<br />
Both the School of Geography <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Sciences had expressed<br />
support for the proposals made.<br />
Feedback from all schools affected by the proposals would be considered at<br />
the January meeting of TPB <strong>and</strong>, following, further comments by the Board<br />
would go to the March meeting of Senate.<br />
Action: ARCS<br />
6. Collaborative Provision Proposals: draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms TPB2011-016<br />
2011:019 The Board considered draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms relating to proposals for<br />
collaborative provision <strong>and</strong> noted the following:<br />
i. The processes for the approval of new collaborative provision proposals had<br />
been revised for 2011/12, in order to harmonise them with the new<br />
arrangements for programme <strong>and</strong> module approval introduced this year.<br />
ii.<br />
iii.<br />
iv.<br />
Board Members debated where the responsibility for approval of the partner<br />
should rest.<br />
Under the proposed arrangement QMSE would receive a summary of<br />
information relating to the partnership with no senior institutional committee<br />
having considered, scrutinised <strong>and</strong> approved the detailed level information.<br />
Consequently, it was agreed that TPB should receive <strong>and</strong> approve the more<br />
detailed due diligence information for Stage 1 proposals. This would be<br />
made following QMSE consideration of the reputational aspect of an<br />
institution in terms of strategic level approval.<br />
The brief summary that is to be submitted to QMSE, including the<br />
identification of risks, must be considered in advance of TPB scrutinising the<br />
due diligence information provided in Stage 1 <strong>and</strong> Stage 2 approval being<br />
considered. However, Stage 1 <strong>and</strong> Stage 2 approval could be considered in<br />
parallel at TPB.<br />
6
TPB2011-019<br />
v. TPB would be able to commission expertise from other departments as<br />
necessary to look at particular areas that may require specialist advice e.g.<br />
finance <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> safety.<br />
vi.<br />
ARCS would amend the draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms to take into account of<br />
feedback from Board members.<br />
Action: ARCS<br />
Part 3 – Programme Proposals<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences<br />
7. Centre for Commercial Law Studies<br />
LLM Paris (Part 2) <strong>and</strong> 24 associated module proposals<br />
TPB2011-017<br />
2011:020 The Board considered a Part 2 programme proposal for the LLM Paris <strong>and</strong> 24<br />
associated module proposals detailed above. The following points were noted:<br />
i. The LLM Paris was a new initiative that involved collaboration with the<br />
University of London in Paris (ULIP). However, the LLM award would still be<br />
a <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> (QM) award <strong>and</strong> as such QM would retain overall responsibly<br />
for the quality assurance of the programme <strong>and</strong> management of academic<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ards. The programme would be taught <strong>and</strong> assessed in English.<br />
ii.<br />
iii.<br />
iv.<br />
Success of the LLM programme in London had, in part, prompted the<br />
development of the LLM Paris. In addition, there was a reasonable belief<br />
that a large number of French <strong>and</strong> other European practitioners would want<br />
to develop expertise in a niche area but did not have the time to study full<br />
time in London. The programme would therefore not be exclusive to British<br />
students <strong>and</strong> would have more of an international focus. The programme<br />
had broader strategic importance to the Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social<br />
Sciences <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> as a whole.<br />
There would be four areas of specialisation offered on the LLM Paris:<br />
Banking <strong>and</strong> Finance Law; Intellectual Property Law; Comparative <strong>and</strong><br />
International Dispute Resolution; <strong>and</strong> International Business Law.<br />
Teaching would be concentrated in the evenings <strong>and</strong>/or weekends.<br />
v. Comments from both external advisors were extremely positive <strong>and</strong> the<br />
issues identified by externals relating to language support <strong>and</strong> support for<br />
module selection had now been addressed. The programme team had also<br />
been in touch with the Careers Service <strong>and</strong> was exploring the possibility of<br />
setting up a system of alumni ambassadors who would give advice <strong>and</strong><br />
support to colleagues from their own jurisdictions.<br />
vi.<br />
vii.<br />
There were ongoing discussions with the French Bar to ascertain whether<br />
they would endorse the LLM Paris programme.<br />
The Board sought clarity as to whether there was support from staff to<br />
deliver modules in Paris within CCLS. This was confirmed as accurate <strong>and</strong> a<br />
number of module proposals from current staff had been put forward to TPB.<br />
The Director of CCLS had also encouraged staff to become involved in the<br />
delivery of modules.<br />
7
TPB2011-019<br />
viii.<br />
ix.<br />
The business case for a Programme Director had been made <strong>and</strong> it was<br />
highly likely that this appointment would go ahead. Given the key nature of<br />
this role the Board stipulated that a condition of approval was that a<br />
Programme Director should be appointed.<br />
The LLM Paris would have an IELTS score of 7 as an entry requirement <strong>and</strong><br />
this should be made clear within the Programme Specification. The<br />
Programme Specification should also be revisited <strong>and</strong> amended to ensure<br />
that it was appropriately tailored towards students. Currently, there were<br />
certain sections, such as the programme structure section that were more<br />
tailored towards academic <strong>and</strong> professional staff. In addition, a number of<br />
other minor documentary issues were highlighted by the Board <strong>and</strong> would<br />
be followed up outside of the meeting.<br />
Action: CCLS<br />
x. Documentation relating to the partnership arrangements with ULIP was<br />
required to formally detail the resources <strong>and</strong> support that would be provided<br />
for the programme. This documentation should come to the January meeting<br />
of TPB.<br />
Action: CCLS<br />
xi.<br />
xii.<br />
The learning outcomes for the modules detailed below would benefit form<br />
enhancement to reflect level 7 learning outcomes:<br />
a. Banking Law I (International <strong>and</strong> Comparative Banking Regulation)<br />
b. Banking Law II (Banking Services Law)<br />
c. Ethics in Business <strong>and</strong> Finance<br />
d. Legal Aspects of International Finance I (Syndicated Lending)<br />
e. Legal Aspects of International Finance II (Securitisation <strong>and</strong> Bonds)<br />
Action: CCLS<br />
The Board approved the Part 2 programme proposal for the LLM Paris <strong>and</strong><br />
24 associated module proposals, subject to the items detailed above in<br />
points ix-xi <strong>and</strong> receipt of documentation relating to the partnership<br />
arrangements with ULIP. The School should submit a revised Programme<br />
Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module Proposal forms. The revised documentation<br />
would be considered outside of the Board by Chair’s Action.<br />
Action: CCLS / Chair<br />
Part 4 – Report of Proposals Approved by Schools/Institutes to Note<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
8. Programme Amendments<br />
Programme Suspensions<br />
Module Proposals<br />
Module Amendments<br />
Module Withdrawals<br />
TPB2011-018<br />
2011:021 The Board noted a report of decisions made by Schools/Institutes of changes to<br />
their curricula for the period 05/010/2011 – 02/11/2011. This comprised four module<br />
amendments <strong>and</strong> one programme amendment.<br />
Part 5 – Other business<br />
<strong>Paper</strong><br />
8
TPB2011-019<br />
9. Any other business N/A<br />
MClinDent Programmes<br />
TPB2011-019<br />
2011:022 The Board discussed an issue relating to UK Border Agency (UKBA) compliance<br />
with the associate year following the MClinDent programmes <strong>and</strong> noted the<br />
following:<br />
i. The Institute of Dentistry offered an optional one year full-time associate<br />
training programme to suitable graduates from its MClinDent awards.<br />
Through investigation it had become apparent that the details of this<br />
associate programme were not fully reflected on SIS, although the<br />
programme was UKBA compliant. In order to address this issue a<br />
programme amendment had been proposed to revise the award title for six<br />
programme titles (detailed in the paper) to Postgraduate Taught Associate<br />
(Entry to RCS Membership Award).<br />
ii.<br />
iii.<br />
iv.<br />
Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement (MoU/A) needed to be developed<br />
with a Royal College of Surgeons (RCS) to strengthen <strong>and</strong> formalise the<br />
partnership nature of this provision. There was already a MoU in place with<br />
the RCS Edinburgh for the conjoined three year Prosthodontics programme,<br />
<strong>and</strong> RCS(Ed) had indicated that they would be minded to formally exp<strong>and</strong><br />
the partnership to these programmes. It was understood that the RCS(Ed)<br />
was seen as the preferred professional body to partner with for the Institute<br />
of Dentistry due to superior quality assurance mechanisms <strong>and</strong> its<br />
willingness to recognise a number of QM programmes.<br />
The Board approved the programme amendment on the underst<strong>and</strong>ing that<br />
a Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement (MoU/A) would be developed<br />
with a Royal College of Surgeons to formalise the partnership for the<br />
programmes.<br />
Action: IoD / ARCS<br />
The Board recognised that the UKBA Tier 4 rules could have further<br />
implications for other continuing professional development courses that do<br />
not have an award attached to them. As such, it was suggested that the<br />
School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry Postgraduate Education Board might wish<br />
to examine other courses <strong>and</strong> identify any issues with regards to the status<br />
of awards.<br />
Action: SMD / ARCS<br />
Mark Conversion for Study Abroad Programmes<br />
2011:023 The Board discussed the mechanism used for the conversion of marks for study<br />
abroad programmes noted the following:<br />
i. Marks for the study abroad element of a programme were converted at a<br />
local level within schools with the final converted mark then entered on SIS.<br />
ii.<br />
There was some disparity in terms of the conversion scale currently used<br />
whereby a pass mark at <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> equated to a fail mark in France. This<br />
had led to discussions within the French Department <strong>and</strong> a proposal was<br />
being developed to change the marking scheme used. It was expressed that<br />
external examiners should be consulted <strong>and</strong> that a report on the proposed<br />
new marking scheme could be submitted to TPB to ensure that the process<br />
would operate effectively.<br />
9
TPB2011-019<br />
Action: SLLF<br />
10. Date of next meeting<br />
2011:024 The meeting date of the Taught Programmes Board is Tuesday 31st January 2012<br />
(1-3pm).<br />
The deadline for papers for this meeting is Tuesday 10th January 2012.<br />
10
Matters Arising Action Sheet<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
TPB 26 th October 2011<br />
TPB 23 rd November 2011<br />
Key<br />
= Completed (<strong>and</strong> approved)<br />
= Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
Action Points for Board Members<br />
Minute Action Details Progress / Comments Responsibility<br />
2010:215 /<br />
2011:007<br />
[June<br />
PMAB /<br />
October<br />
TPB]<br />
There should be further consultation at School level within Schools in<br />
Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering <strong>and</strong> the School of Geography<br />
on the implications of the changes proposed in the Integrated<br />
Masters paper, <strong>and</strong> the issues raised at the Board, including those<br />
regarding rationalising the classification weightings, for integrated<br />
masters awards. The outcome of these discussions should be<br />
reported to the Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Dean for Taught<br />
Programmes Advisory Group (DTPAG), with representation from the<br />
School of Geography, with a view to making firm recommendations<br />
including feasible timescales to the Board.<br />
The outcome of the consultation <strong>and</strong> a draft<br />
implementation plan are covered in paper<br />
TPB2011-022<br />
All Schools in<br />
Science <strong>and</strong><br />
Engineering<br />
<strong>and</strong> the<br />
School of<br />
Geography<br />
2011:017<br />
[November<br />
TPB]<br />
Further school/course-specific information including a draft template<br />
(based on KIS requirements) for data collection would be developed<br />
by Tuesday 13 th December 2011. This would also detail how the<br />
information supplied for the KIS fitted together with existing data that<br />
was provided for the Student Information System (SIS) <strong>and</strong> for<br />
Taught Programmes Board.<br />
In progress, course data collection exercise<br />
has been distributed to Schools <strong>and</strong> the<br />
second data collection exercise is due to be<br />
distributed.<br />
ARCS<br />
2011:019<br />
[November<br />
TPB]<br />
The draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms for collaborative provision proposals<br />
would be amended to take into account of feedback from Board<br />
members.<br />
Complete, guidance <strong>and</strong> forms published on<br />
the web site<br />
ARCS<br />
11
2011:023<br />
[November<br />
TPB]<br />
A report on the proposed new marking scheme for Study Abroad<br />
programmes would be submitted to TPB to ensure that the process<br />
would operate effectively.<br />
Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
SLLF<br />
Programmes<br />
Programme Proposals<br />
Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />
Organiser<br />
2010:134<br />
[April<br />
MSc Digital Signal<br />
Processing<br />
(University of<br />
Further information was requested regarding<br />
the nature of the collaboration between<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> <strong>and</strong> the University of London’s<br />
PMAB] London) (Part 2) International Academy. This information<br />
MSc Digital Music should be submitted to the next meeting of Outst<strong>and</strong>ing SEECS Jane Reid<br />
Technology<br />
PMAB on the 25 th May.<br />
(University of<br />
London) (Part 2)<br />
2010:243<br />
[July<br />
PMAB]<br />
MA English Studies<br />
(Part 2) <strong>and</strong> 1<br />
associated module<br />
proposal<br />
Revisions to the current training elements<br />
associated with the MA English Studies<br />
programme <strong>and</strong> their incorporation into<br />
existing core modules would be considered<br />
by the Board mid-way through 2011/12.<br />
Outst<strong>and</strong>ing (to be<br />
submitted mid-way through<br />
2011/12)<br />
School of<br />
English <strong>and</strong><br />
Drama<br />
Chris Reid<br />
2010:246<br />
[July<br />
PMAB]<br />
Master of Public<br />
Administration (Part<br />
1)<br />
The proposed non-st<strong>and</strong>ard fees required<br />
clarification <strong>and</strong> approval from Costing <strong>and</strong><br />
Pricing Group.<br />
A joint working statement between the School<br />
of Economics <strong>and</strong> Finance the School of<br />
Politics <strong>and</strong> International Relations should be<br />
provided to clarify the responsibilities of the<br />
respective schools. This should be articulated<br />
within the Part 2 submission.<br />
Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
School of<br />
Economics<br />
<strong>and</strong> Finance<br />
George<br />
Kapetanios<br />
2010:248 MSc International The differentiation between the three Outst<strong>and</strong>ing Blizard Trisha<br />
12
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />
Organiser<br />
programmes should be detailed in the Part 2<br />
Institute Greenhalgh<br />
[July<br />
PMAB]<br />
submissions.<br />
Primary Health Care,<br />
FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />
MSc International<br />
Public Health,<br />
FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />
MSc Health Systems<br />
<strong>and</strong> Global Policy,<br />
FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />
A joint working statement should be provided<br />
to clarify the responsibilities of the respective<br />
schools involved in the programme. This<br />
should be provided with the Part 2<br />
submission.<br />
The decision to offer both a Postgraduate<br />
Diploma <strong>and</strong> Postgraduate Certificate for all<br />
three programmes should be made clear<br />
within the following Part 2 Submissions.<br />
The proposed non-st<strong>and</strong>ard fees required<br />
approval By the Costing <strong>and</strong> Pricing Group<br />
<strong>and</strong>. Fees for the Postgraduate Diploma <strong>and</strong><br />
Postgraduate Certificate awards would also<br />
required clarification <strong>and</strong> approval.<br />
2011:008<br />
[October<br />
TPB]<br />
MSc in Banking (Part<br />
2) <strong>and</strong> MSc in<br />
Business Finance<br />
(Part 2)<br />
A revised Part 2 Programme Proposal form,<br />
Programme Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module<br />
Proposal forms should be submitted taking<br />
into account the following:<br />
• The programme specification should<br />
be revised to clarify the dissertation<br />
assessors, <strong>and</strong> the final section - links<br />
with employers etc - should be updated<br />
to refer to the correct programme<br />
learning outcomes.<br />
• The Part 2 form should be revised to<br />
describe the arrangements for<br />
detecting plagiarism that would be in<br />
place.<br />
Completed<br />
School of<br />
Economics &<br />
Finance<br />
George<br />
Makedonis<br />
13
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />
Organiser<br />
• The learning outcomes for the two new<br />
modules referred to a literature-based<br />
project, however the module would be<br />
assessed by examinations <strong>and</strong> this<br />
should be clarified.<br />
• The programme level learning<br />
outcomes should be enhanced to<br />
reflect dem<strong>and</strong>/depth at level 7.<br />
2011:010<br />
[October<br />
TPB]<br />
LLM Law <strong>and</strong><br />
Economics (Part 2)<br />
A revised Programme Specification, service<br />
level agreement, <strong>and</strong> Module Proposal forms<br />
should be submitted taking into account the<br />
following:<br />
• The assessment methods described in<br />
the documentation. The programme<br />
specification stated that a wide variety<br />
of assessment methods would be<br />
employed which was queried by the<br />
Board. The new compulsory modules<br />
were assessed only by examination, as<br />
were a number of the optional<br />
modules, <strong>and</strong> depending on student<br />
choice they could follow an<br />
assessment regime that comprised<br />
exam <strong>and</strong> dissertation only.<br />
Consideration should be given to the<br />
assessment methods on the<br />
compulsory modules.<br />
• The service level agreement should be<br />
revised to fully explain the mechanisms<br />
for working collaboratively between the<br />
two schools; to clarify the programme<br />
structure <strong>and</strong> credits required (as<br />
Programme Specification<br />
revised to take into account<br />
comments regarding<br />
assessment methods.<br />
The service level agreement<br />
had been revised <strong>and</strong><br />
submitted.<br />
CCLS<br />
Leon<br />
Vinokur<br />
14
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />
Organiser<br />
detailed in the programme<br />
specification); <strong>and</strong> to update the<br />
module titles to match those in the<br />
programme specification.<br />
2011:011<br />
[October<br />
TPB]<br />
2011:020<br />
[November<br />
TPB]<br />
MSc Mathematical<br />
Finance (Part 2)<br />
LLM Paris (Part 2)<br />
<strong>and</strong> 24 associated<br />
module proposals<br />
A joint working statement, a revised<br />
Programme Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module<br />
Proposal forms should be submitted taking<br />
into account a number of points detailed in<br />
the minutes.<br />
A revised Programme Specification <strong>and</strong><br />
Module Proposal forms should be submitted<br />
taking into account the following:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The IELTS score of 7 should be made<br />
clear within the Programme<br />
Specification.<br />
The Programme Specification should<br />
be revisited <strong>and</strong> amended to ensure<br />
that it was appropriately tailored<br />
towards students. Currently, there<br />
were certain sections, such as the<br />
programme structure section that were<br />
more tailored towards academic <strong>and</strong><br />
professional staff. A number of other<br />
minor documentary issues were<br />
highlighted by the Board <strong>and</strong> would be<br />
followed up outside of the meeting.<br />
Documentation relating to the<br />
partnership arrangements with ULIP<br />
was required to formally detail the<br />
resources <strong>and</strong> support that would be<br />
provided for the programme. This<br />
documentation should come to the<br />
January meeting of TPB.<br />
The learning outcomes for the<br />
Complete<br />
In progress – <strong>Paper</strong><br />
TPB2011-024 provides<br />
background information <strong>and</strong><br />
progress report on ULIP<br />
activities, further information<br />
on LLM Paris due for<br />
February TPB<br />
School of<br />
Mathematical<br />
Sciences<br />
CCLS<br />
Christian<br />
Beck/Vivien<br />
Easson<br />
Gabriel Gari<br />
15
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />
Organiser<br />
modules detailed below would benefit<br />
form enhancement to reflect level 7<br />
learning outcomes:<br />
a. Banking Law I (International<br />
<strong>and</strong> Comparative Banking<br />
Regulation)<br />
b. Banking Law II (Banking<br />
Services Law)<br />
c. Ethics in Business <strong>and</strong><br />
Finance<br />
d. Legal Aspects of International<br />
Finance I (Syndicated Lending)<br />
e. Legal Aspects of International<br />
Finance II (Securitisation <strong>and</strong><br />
Bonds)<br />
Programme Amendments<br />
2011:022<br />
[November<br />
TPB]<br />
MClinDent<br />
Programmes<br />
A Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement<br />
(MoU/A) would be developed with a Royal<br />
College of Surgeons to formalise the<br />
partnership for the programmes.<br />
The School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />
Postgraduate Education Board might wish to<br />
examine other courses <strong>and</strong> identify any<br />
issues with regards to the status of awards.<br />
The proposal was not<br />
supported by the RCS. An<br />
alternative model is being<br />
considered which will be<br />
brought to TPB in due<br />
course.<br />
Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
Institute of<br />
Dentistry /<br />
ARCS<br />
Modules<br />
Module Proposals<br />
16
[July<br />
PMAB]<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />
Minute Module Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Module<br />
Organiser<br />
2010:261 Semester Abroad – The specified assessment for the module did<br />
Portuguese Erasmus not equate to 100% <strong>and</strong> this required<br />
Study Placement attention.<br />
The proposal stated that st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment would be used <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />
students would not be reassessed abroad<br />
<strong>and</strong> this was out of line with other courses<br />
within the School of Languages, Linguistics<br />
<strong>and</strong> Film. This required further consideration.<br />
Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
Languages,<br />
Linguistics<br />
<strong>and</strong> Film<br />
TBC<br />
17
TPB2011-022<br />
Key Information Sets – January 2012<br />
Context<br />
This paper summarises recent progress in the area of Key Information Sets since the<br />
November 2011 Taught Programmes Board (TPB) meeting.<br />
KIS contacts<br />
Schools responded to the request made by ARCS at the November TPB to nominate<br />
a member (or members) of staff (either academic or administrative) who has some<br />
familiarity with the school undergraduate course portfolio, <strong>and</strong> SIS, to be the main<br />
contact for all KIS related correspondence for their school.<br />
Dissemination of Information<br />
It was originally intended that further school/course-specific information (including a<br />
draft template for the data collection) would be circulated to schools by 13 December.<br />
Since it was announced at the <strong>Academic</strong> Registrars <strong>Council</strong> (ARC) Key Information<br />
Set event on 1 December that HESA were to publish revised technical guidance on<br />
the 15 December, the distribution of information to schools was delayed until<br />
Semester B in order to take account of this revised guidance.<br />
The paper (Key Information Sets – Update) was presented at the Recruitment <strong>and</strong><br />
Admissions Task <strong>and</strong> Finish Group (RATFG) on 12 December <strong>and</strong> provided<br />
information on the data to be collected from schools at course (programme) <strong>and</strong><br />
module level. It explained that the data would be collected in two parts during the<br />
period January to mid- February 2012 <strong>and</strong> this timeframe was subsequently<br />
communicated to schools on 14 December. This plan was illustrated within the paper<br />
using data provided by the School of Geography.<br />
For part 1, data collected at the course level will used to ascertain whether a KIS<br />
dataset is required to be produced.<br />
For part 2, data will be collected at the module level <strong>and</strong> then be used to calculate<br />
the course stage (“year of study”) parameters such as the percentage of time spent<br />
in different teaching <strong>and</strong> learning activities, <strong>and</strong> the percentage of assessments by<br />
type for a typical student path per year of study of each course for which a KIS has to<br />
be produced.<br />
As of 16 January, schools have been contacted (via the School KIS contacts) with<br />
the request to complete the part 1 (course level) data collection by 27 January.<br />
Schools will be contacted during the week beginning 16 January with information <strong>and</strong><br />
a request to complete the module level data collection by ~mid February (dates to be<br />
confirmed). The newly recruited temporary project assistant Miss Bismah Zubairi<br />
(b.zubairi@qmul.ac.uk) will act as the first point of contact.<br />
18
TPB2011-022<br />
Student Information System (SIS) KIS Component<br />
QMUL have now purchased the SIS component that has been developed by Tribal<br />
for the storage <strong>and</strong> analysis of KIS data. This will enable QMUL to use the<br />
programme <strong>and</strong> module information already stored in SIS which itself has already<br />
been scrutinised at school level, by the <strong>Academic</strong> Quality <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards Officers,<br />
<strong>and</strong> then noted (or further scrutinised) at the TPB. In the longer term, this will allow<br />
the KIS data to sit alongside other definitive programme <strong>and</strong> module information<br />
contained within SIS. In addition this component will naturally link within SIS to<br />
information that is already being used to inform the institution HESA <strong>and</strong> HESES<br />
statutory returns.<br />
Katherine Bevan, along with two members of the SIS Project team will be attending a<br />
one day Tribal SITS KIS User Group event at the University of Surrey on 9 February.<br />
The items for discussion are:<br />
• Information requirements<br />
• Key aspects of the Tribal KIS solution<br />
• Generating <strong>and</strong> validating the KIS dataset return<br />
Katherine Bevan will be working with a visiting consultant from Tribal on 29 February<br />
for an initial consultancy day to support the setting up of the SITS KIS component at<br />
QMUL. Further consultancy days will be scheduled at that point.<br />
Contact<br />
Katherine Bevan, Assistant <strong>Academic</strong> Registrar – <strong>Academic</strong> Model, Programmes <strong>and</strong><br />
Modules (k.bevan@qmul.ac.uk).<br />
Bismah Zubairi, Project Assistant – Programme Information (b.zubairi@qmul.ac.uk).<br />
19
TPB2011-022<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Integrated Masters Programmes: outcome of consultation <strong>and</strong><br />
implementation plan<br />
Taught Programmes Board is asked to consider the outcomes<br />
of the consultation <strong>and</strong> make recommendations to Senate.<br />
Taught Programmes Board is also asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
comment on the issues raised in the paper <strong>and</strong> the plan for<br />
implementation.<br />
Executive Summary<br />
QMUL is reviewing the structures <strong>and</strong> academic regulations<br />
relating to its integrated masters programmes, with the aim of<br />
achieving greater consistency with practice in the sector.<br />
A consultation took place with the relevant Schools in<br />
December 2012, <strong>and</strong> broad support for the changes was<br />
secured. The consultation raised some issues <strong>and</strong> queries<br />
regarding the practical implications of the changes, <strong>and</strong> these<br />
are included for discussion by the Board.<br />
A suggested recommendation for Senate is included, along<br />
with a draft implementation plan, timescales <strong>and</strong> procedures.<br />
This proposal was also circulate to all relevant School<br />
Director’s of Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching for further comments<br />
prior to consideration at the Board.<br />
Author<br />
Alana Lythgoe<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />
20
Integrated Masters Programmes<br />
Outcome of Consultation <strong>and</strong> Implementation Plan<br />
Background<br />
1. Proposals to move towards greater conformity with practice in the higher education<br />
sector regarding QMUL’s integrated masters programmes have been under discussion in<br />
the last few years, with significant debate being held at Faculty Boards in 2009. At the<br />
end of 2010/11 Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Approval Board requested a re-appraisal of the<br />
issue <strong>and</strong> a proposal to change integrated masters programmes, their regulations, <strong>and</strong><br />
curriculum structure. This was prompted by a request from the School of Physics <strong>and</strong><br />
Astronomy to adjust the pass mark from 40% to 50% for the current cohort of students on<br />
the final year of the Physics MSci programmes.<br />
2. At its meeting in October 2011 Taught Programmes Board (TPB) discussed the issues in<br />
working towards conformity, internally <strong>and</strong> with the sector, around two characteristics of<br />
integrated masters programmes: the number of credits required at the level of the award,<br />
<strong>and</strong> the pass mark for level 7 modules. The Board also discussed the fact that different<br />
weightings were used within <strong>and</strong> across Schools for the classification of integrated<br />
masters awards.<br />
3. Members were broadly supportive of bringing QMUL integrated masters programmes<br />
fully into line with the Higher Education Credit Framework, <strong>and</strong> to raise the pass mark for<br />
level 7 modules. It was agreed that there should be further consultation at School level of<br />
the implications of the proposed changes, including timescales, with a view to making<br />
firm recommendations to the Board.<br />
Outcome of Consultation<br />
4. Through the Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Dean for Taught Programmes Advisory Group,<br />
views were sought from the School Directors of Taught Programmes in all Schools in the<br />
Faculty of Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering <strong>and</strong> the School of Geography on the two proposals.<br />
a) Amend the QM <strong>Academic</strong> Credit Framework (QMACF) to require 120 credits at<br />
the level of the award i.e. level 7 for implementation with new students starting<br />
their programme in September 2012:<br />
The Schools of Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science (EECS), Physics <strong>and</strong><br />
Astronomy, <strong>and</strong> Biological <strong>and</strong> Chemical Sciences (SBCS), currently have this<br />
requirement although the SBCS indicated that it was useful to have flexibility in the<br />
QMACF.<br />
The Schools who do not currently have this requirement, Mathematical Sciences,<br />
Engineering <strong>and</strong> Materials Science (SEMS), <strong>and</strong> Geography all agreed to make the<br />
change.<br />
b) Amend the pass mark for modules so that it is linked to the level of the module<br />
for students commencing their programmes from September 2012, <strong>and</strong><br />
introduce special regulations for current students studying Physics MSci<br />
programmes.<br />
21
Physics <strong>and</strong> Astronomy are making this change <strong>and</strong> the Schools of Geography,<br />
Mathematical Sciences, SEMS, SBCS, agreed to make the change. EECS also<br />
indicated support in principle, but highlighted some concerns regarding potential<br />
impact on the BUPT/QM Joint Programme. The issue of the year of implementation<br />
for the new regulations was raised <strong>and</strong> is discussed further below.<br />
c) The issue of the differences in the degree classification weightings for integrated<br />
masters was also commented on by SBCS. Where it was highlighted that some<br />
rationalisation may be desirable but that the accreditation requirements of the<br />
different professional bodies may pose a challenge.<br />
Implementation Plan<br />
5. To move towards the new regulations TPB is first requested to consider the timescale for<br />
implementation. The consultation proposed that these be put in place for new students<br />
starting their programmes in September 2012. The principle of the changes to the<br />
QMACF <strong>and</strong> academic regulations will need to be approved at the next meeting of<br />
Senate <strong>and</strong> then Schools will need to revise programme specifications <strong>and</strong> where<br />
relevant, publicity material.<br />
6. TPB is asked to confirm that new regulations should be put in place for entrants in<br />
2012/13. This should be feasible because whilst many students will have already applied<br />
for their programme, it is not until they enrol that they sign up to the detail of academic<br />
<strong>and</strong> programme regulations, <strong>and</strong> those regulations are approved as part of the usual<br />
cycle in June. Concern about implementing the new regulations for entry in 2012/13<br />
would only arise if programmes have already been publicising the 40% pass mark <strong>and</strong><br />
level 7 credits required for the final year in promotional material <strong>and</strong> open days.<br />
7. TPB is requested to agree to recommend to Senate changing the QMACF <strong>and</strong><br />
academic regulations for integrated masters programmes, indicating the academic year<br />
that the changes should apply from. For the purposes of the rest of this paper it is<br />
assumed that changes will be put in place for a September 2012 start.<br />
8. To put into operation the new regulations, all applicable programmes will be identified<br />
<strong>and</strong> assigned new codes for students starting their programme in 2012. Creating new<br />
versions of integrated masters programmes is necessary to distinguish in reporting <strong>and</strong><br />
analysis between the old <strong>and</strong> new regulations.<br />
9. The Schools of Mathematical Sciences, SEMS, <strong>and</strong> Geography are requested to modify<br />
the structure of their integrated masters programmes to require new students entering to<br />
take 120 credits at level 7.<br />
10. It is not proposed that any immediate action is taken to transfer level 7 modules within<br />
integrated masters programmes to the postgraduate taught pass mark, with the exception<br />
of those within the MSci Physics. Students under the revised regulations will not enter the<br />
fourth year of an integrated masters programme until 2015 at the earliest. As the<br />
curriculum of a programme can evolve over time <strong>and</strong> be subject to internal <strong>and</strong> external<br />
factors <strong>and</strong> reviews, the transfer to the new marking scheme should take place as part of<br />
these normal processes. There will need to be a final compliance exercise in 2014 to<br />
ensure that all remaining modules are identified <strong>and</strong> transferred to the new marking<br />
scheme. Further detail regarding the procedure for implementation is included in Annex A<br />
<strong>and</strong> in the timeline below.<br />
22
Practical Implications <strong>and</strong> Related Issues<br />
11. A number of queries <strong>and</strong> practical implications to putting in place these changes arose<br />
during the consultation. These are highlighted below, along with comments <strong>and</strong> some<br />
further queries for the Board to consider.<br />
a) Applicability of new regulations:<br />
• The original consultation question proposed that the new regulations would apply to<br />
students ‘starting their programmes in September 2012’. This statement needs<br />
qualifying with a contextual explanation, as it is quite common for students to transfer<br />
from a bachelors to an integrated masters programme <strong>and</strong> therefore reach their final<br />
year of the integrated masters before 2015. The statement should be amended so<br />
that the new regulations apply to ‘students commencing the first developmental<br />
year of their programme in September 2012 or later’. This applies equally to<br />
students who begin the first developmental year of an integrated masters programme<br />
<strong>and</strong> students who begin the first developmental year of an equivalent bachelors<br />
degree <strong>and</strong> transfer into an integrated masters. Students will follow the regulations of<br />
the cohort to which they transfer.<br />
• Students who interrupt their studies shall be treated as currently stated in the<br />
academic regulations - they will follow the regulations for the cohort that they joined.<br />
This will mean that for a temporary period (up to two years maximum), level 7<br />
modules with a 40% pass mark will need to continue to be available for students to<br />
register on when they return to complete their studies.<br />
b) Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Foundation Programme (SEFP):<br />
• Currently students entering QM under the SEFP umbrella can either enrol on the one<br />
year foundation programme <strong>and</strong> then enrol for a chosen bachelors or integrated<br />
masters degree, or enrol for an integrated four or five year programme which includes<br />
the foundation year <strong>and</strong> the bachelors or integrated masters degree. Those students<br />
starting in 2011 choosing the first option will enter the first year of their degree<br />
programme in 2012 <strong>and</strong> be subject to the new regulations.<br />
• TPB is asked to confirm whether those students taking the second option in 2011,<br />
entering the first year of the bachelors or integrated masters degree in 2012 should<br />
also be subject to the new regulations? This is preferred by the Director of the SEFP,<br />
<strong>and</strong> is feasible because these detailed points of regulation are not commented upon<br />
in any SEFP publicity material. If agreed, the applicability statement above should be<br />
amended. If students are not subjected to the new regulations, then there could<br />
potentially be a situation where there are students taking the same modules at level 7<br />
in the same academic year, where the pass mark for those modules is different. This<br />
could be problematic to manage.<br />
c) Undergraduate Students:<br />
It is the case in some Schools (Maths, SBCS) that undergraduate students are<br />
allowed to take level 7 modules as part of a bachelors degree, for example in Maths<br />
students may take up to 30 credits of level 7 modules in their third year. Should new<br />
undergraduate students continue to be allowed to take level 7 modules? If so, should<br />
they be allowed to take level 7 modules with a 40% or 50% pass mark?<br />
23
d) Resiting out of attendance:<br />
SBCS expressed concern that raising the pass mark may result in a few students<br />
having to resit the fourth year out of attendance. However, this can be mitigated if<br />
students are advised when they begin the programme (<strong>and</strong> sign up to the regulations)<br />
of this higher requirement. This potential implication would be indicative of the higher<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ard of the programme brought about by the new regulations.<br />
e) BUPT / QM Joint Programme:<br />
Some concern was also expressed in the consultation about students studying on the<br />
Joint Programme. Whilst they do not study for an integrated masters programme they<br />
do take level 7 modules at BUPT <strong>and</strong> for those that come to <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> in the final<br />
year. These modules must be treated separately <strong>and</strong> remain with a 40% pass mark.<br />
The <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> will investigate a solution to address this issue.<br />
f) MSci Physics:<br />
It was previously agreed that for entry to the MSci Physics programme on or after<br />
September 2011 there will be a 50% pass mark requirement for level 7 modules. This<br />
has implications for current <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students from other programmes that<br />
choose Physics modules but fall under the old regulations. A procedural exercise will<br />
be undertaken by the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> to identify the affected modules <strong>and</strong><br />
students.<br />
Related Issues<br />
12. Other related regulatory issues have also been raised in the context of the debate to<br />
harmonise integrated masters awards, these are:<br />
g) Classification of awards:<br />
The consultation question considered changing the pass mark of a module to the<br />
postgraduate level. It did not consider changing the pass mark for the award of the<br />
integrated masters degree, which currently sits in the undergraduate classification<br />
scheme, where a College Mark of 44.9 of less equates to a Pass Degree. This<br />
contrasts with the classification scheme for masters programmes, where a College<br />
Mark of 50 or higher is a Pass Degree <strong>and</strong> the classification of College Marks above<br />
the pass threshold are based on a different scheme (merit, distinction etc). An initial<br />
check at practice elsewhere suggests that it is probably variable within the sector.<br />
TPB is asked to consider whether there should be a debate at this stage regarding<br />
the College Mark for a Pass Degree for integrated masters programmes. This would<br />
have implications for the classifications scheme used.<br />
h) Progression Requirements:<br />
The st<strong>and</strong>ard progression regulations for integrated masters programmes require that<br />
students must pass a minimum number of credits each year to move on. However<br />
most awards in SEMS, SBCS, EECS, Geography, <strong>and</strong> Physics have special<br />
regulations to stipulate that students also achieve minimum average marks in each<br />
academic year, or be automatically transferred to the corresponding BSc/BEng.<br />
The use of progression hurdles in QMUL integrated masters programmes was<br />
recently raised in the context of student performance. The hurdle model has benefits<br />
24
in terms of keeping students on track towards the intended award <strong>and</strong> potential<br />
advantages for retention. There is currently some variability in terms of the<br />
requirements that are in place, summarised in Annex B from the academic<br />
regulations. TPB is asked to take an initial view on the desirability of harmonising<br />
progression requirements for all programmes <strong>and</strong> whether there should be further<br />
consultation with relevant Schools?<br />
Action Requested<br />
13. Taught Programmes Board is requested to:<br />
a) Consider the specific queries raised regarding implementation;<br />
b) Consider the feasibility of the draft timeline, <strong>and</strong> procedure, <strong>and</strong> if there are any<br />
further issues;<br />
c) Make agreed recommendations to Senate.<br />
Proposed Timeline 2012<br />
Month Action Responsible<br />
January<br />
February<br />
March<br />
March /April<br />
March/April<br />
Before 1 st May<br />
TPB to consider proposed changes to the QMACF <strong>and</strong><br />
recommendations to Senate<br />
Integrated masters programmes identified <strong>and</strong> new<br />
codes for 2012 defined<br />
Recommendations to Senate to approve in principle the<br />
changes to the QMACF <strong>and</strong> the academic regulations<br />
Following Senate decision, update School websites<br />
<strong>and</strong> other publicity materials regarding new regulations<br />
for 2012<br />
Relevant Schools consider proposals for new<br />
programme variants (require 120 credits at level 7)<br />
Relevant Schools to submit proposals for new<br />
programme variants to <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> for<br />
implementation<br />
TPB/ARCS<br />
ARCS/Schools<br />
Senate/ARCS<br />
Schools<br />
School Teaching<br />
<strong>and</strong> Learning<br />
Committees<br />
Schools/ARCS<br />
June <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations <strong>and</strong> QMACF 2012/13<br />
considered by Senate <strong>and</strong> published<br />
ARCS<br />
25
Annex A<br />
Implementation Procedure:<br />
a) <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong>, in consultation with Schools, identify integrated masters<br />
programmes to be amended.<br />
b) <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> define programme codes for all new regulation integrated masters<br />
programmes to begin in September 2012. If new regulations are introduced for 2012,<br />
existing applicants are transferred to new codes.<br />
c) SEMS, Maths, <strong>and</strong> Geography to revise programmes to require 120 credits at level 7.<br />
School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committees consider programme amendments,<br />
programme specifications <strong>and</strong> if desired new module specifications for level 7 modules.<br />
Documentation is submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> for scrutiny <strong>and</strong> implementation.<br />
d) Following Senate approval in principle, all Schools up-date publicity material <strong>and</strong><br />
information on website that refers to the regulations for integrated masters programmes<br />
starting in 2012.<br />
e) Conversion of marking scheme for level 7 integrated masters modules. As part of the<br />
programme <strong>and</strong> module development process in the coming years, these modules will be<br />
transferred to the postgraduate taught marking scheme. For example, when new<br />
modules are created, modified <strong>and</strong> diets are reviewed for the fourth year of integrated<br />
masters programmes (expected in 2013 <strong>and</strong> 2014) they will be converted.<br />
f) Final compliance exercise in 2014 to ensure that all relevant level 7 modules meet new<br />
regulations. This will involve identifying remaining modules <strong>and</strong> verifying changes to be<br />
made with Schools.<br />
26
Annex B<br />
Summary from <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations 2011/12:<br />
School Award 2011/12 Progression Requirements<br />
Maths MSci Mathematical<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Regulations<br />
Sciences<br />
Physics MSci Physics Average mark of 55.0 or higher across<br />
developmental years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong> an<br />
average mark of 60.0 or higher across<br />
developmental years one, two, <strong>and</strong> three<br />
(based on year weighting)<br />
Geography* MSci Environmental<br />
Science<br />
Normally achieve a weighted average of 55<br />
or higher in levels 4 <strong>and</strong> 5, <strong>and</strong> with at least<br />
60 level 5 credits above 60 for progression to<br />
SBCS<br />
EECS<br />
SEMS<br />
MSci Pharmaceutical<br />
Chemistry<br />
MSci Chemistry<br />
MSci Computer Science<br />
MEng Electronic<br />
Engineering (all)<br />
MEng Engineering (all)<br />
MEng Materials Science<br />
(all)<br />
the MSci<br />
Average mark of 50 or higher across<br />
developmental year one, average of 55 or<br />
higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />
average of 55 of higher across years one,<br />
two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weighting)<br />
Average mark of 60 or higher to progress<br />
from developmental year one, year average<br />
mark of 60 to progress from year two, <strong>and</strong><br />
year average mark of 60 to progress from<br />
year three<br />
Average mark of 60 or higher to progress<br />
from the foundation year, <strong>and</strong> normally, a<br />
developmental year one average mark of<br />
50.0 or higher, <strong>and</strong> a developmental year<br />
two average mark of 50.0 or higher<br />
Average of 60 or higher across<br />
developmental year one, average of 60 or<br />
higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />
average of 60 of higher across years one,<br />
two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weightings)<br />
Average of 60 or higher across<br />
developmental year one, average of 60 or<br />
higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />
average of 50 of higher across years one,<br />
two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weightings)<br />
* Taken from programme specification, not yet published in academic regulations<br />
27
Annex C<br />
Integrated masters programmes captured on SIS as open for recruiting students <strong>and</strong>/or currently have students registered on them. This includes<br />
programmes formally withdrawn for recruitment that still have students registered.<br />
Name of School Programme of Study code UCAS code Full name<br />
Biological <strong>and</strong><br />
UMIF-QMCHEM1 F103 MSci FT Chemistry<br />
Chemical Sciences<br />
F152<br />
MSci FT Pharmaceutical Chemistry<br />
UMIF-QMCHEY1 F153 MSci FT Pharmaceutical Chemistry with a Year in Industry<br />
Electronic Engineering<br />
<strong>and</strong> Computer Science<br />
Engineering <strong>and</strong><br />
Materials Science<br />
TBC C701 MSci FT Biochemistry<br />
UMEF-QMELEC1 H614 MEng FT Electronic Engineering<br />
H640<br />
MEng FT Communication Engineering<br />
H642<br />
MEng FT Audio Systems Engineering<br />
H645<br />
MEng FT e-Commerce Engineering<br />
H650<br />
MEng FT Computer Engineering<br />
H655<br />
MEng FT Internet Computing<br />
H658<br />
MEng FT Digital Audio <strong>and</strong> Music Systems Engineering<br />
H690<br />
MEng FT Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Telecommunications<br />
HI6C<br />
MEng FT Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computing<br />
UMIF-QMCOMP1 G401 MSci FT Computer Science<br />
UMEF-QGENNE1 W241 MEng FT Design <strong>and</strong> Innovation with Industrial Experience<br />
UMEF-QGENNG1 W240 MEng FT Design <strong>and</strong> Innovation<br />
UMEF-QMENNE1 H302 MEng FT Mechanical Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
HB1V<br />
MEng FT Medical Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
HG21<br />
MEng FT Sustainable Energy Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
HK00<br />
MEng FT Aerospace Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
UMEF-QMENNG1 H224 MEng FT Sustainable Energy Engineering<br />
H301<br />
MEng FT Mechanical Engineering<br />
H400<br />
MEng FT Aerospace Engineering<br />
H490<br />
MEng FT Avionics <strong>and</strong> Space Systems<br />
HB18<br />
MEng FT Medical Engineering<br />
UMEF-QMMTLE1 BV90 MEng FT Medical Materials with Industrial Experience<br />
HF2F<br />
MEng FT Sustainable Materials Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
JM10<br />
MEng FT Materials Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />
28
JN00 MEng FT Dental Materials with Industrial Experience<br />
UMEF-QMMTLS1 B891 MEng FT Medical Materials<br />
F2N2<br />
MEng FT Materials Science with Business Management<br />
HFF2<br />
MEng FT Sustainable Materials Engineering<br />
HN72<br />
MEng FT Innovation, Entrepreneurship <strong>and</strong> Management of Advanced<br />
Technology<br />
J502<br />
MEng FT Materials Engineering in Medicine<br />
J504<br />
MEng FT Dental Materials<br />
J510<br />
MEng FT Materials Science<br />
J5F9<br />
MEng FT Environmental Materials Technology<br />
J5N2<br />
MEng FT Materials with Business<br />
JH53<br />
MEng FT Materials <strong>and</strong> Mechanical Engineering<br />
Geography UMIF-QMGEOG1 F750 MSci FT Environmental Science<br />
Mathematical<br />
UMIF-QMMATH1 G102 MSci FT Mathematics<br />
Sciences<br />
G1F5<br />
MSci FT Mathematics with Astrophysics<br />
Physics <strong>and</strong><br />
Astronomy<br />
G1G3<br />
MSci FT Mathematics with Statistics<br />
UMIF-QMPHYA1 F305 MSci FT Physics with Study Abroad<br />
UMIF-QMPHYS1 F303 MSci FT Physics<br />
F323<br />
MSci FT Theoretical Physics<br />
F391<br />
MSci FT Nanoscience <strong>and</strong> Nanotechnology<br />
F393<br />
MSci FT Physics with Particle Physics<br />
F503<br />
MSci FT Astronomy<br />
F523<br />
MSci FT Astrophysics<br />
FHH6<br />
MSci FT Physics <strong>and</strong> Electronics<br />
Programme formally<br />
withdrawn but some<br />
students still registered<br />
29
TPB2011-023<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Comments from the<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Proposals: signatures for forms<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider an issue<br />
discussed at the Deans for Taught Programmes Group, regarding<br />
signatories for approval of programme <strong>and</strong> module development<br />
proposals.<br />
At the 3 rd November 2011 Deans for Taught Programmes Group,<br />
the following was noted regarding signatories on forms –<br />
Clarification was sought on QA sign-off privileges for new<br />
course <strong>and</strong> module materials. Given that the Directors for<br />
Taught Programmes were the chairs of the T&L committees<br />
where decisions were made, it was agreed that it was<br />
appropriate for the Head of School/Institute to delegate sign-off,<br />
if so desired, to the Director of Taught Programmes.<br />
ACTION: Deans to communicate this to Schools<br />
(minute DTPG 2011.402 refers)<br />
TPB is asked to consider ratifying or otherwise this proposal.<br />
30
TPB2011-024<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Executive Summary<br />
The University of London Institute in Paris <strong>and</strong> the LLM in<br />
Paris<br />
Centre for Commercial Law Studies<br />
Part 2 approval for the LLM Paris was granted at the previous<br />
meeting of TPB in November 2011. However, further<br />
documentation relating to the partnership arrangements with<br />
the University of London Institute in Paris (ULIP) was<br />
requested to formally detail the resources <strong>and</strong> support that<br />
would be provided for the programme.<br />
Following discussion with the Vice-Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive<br />
Dean (Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences), it is understood that<br />
the contract detailing <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>’s relationship with ULIP<br />
Enterprises is currently being prepared by the University of<br />
London. This contract will be submitted for <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong><br />
Senior Executive approval in early February <strong>and</strong> formalise the<br />
detail of what has already been agreed while preparing the<br />
business plan, <strong>and</strong> also lay out the process for annual cost<br />
reviews, <strong>and</strong> for any future termination.<br />
Outcome Requested<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> Author<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
note the following document, which outlines the<br />
governance <strong>and</strong> management of ULIP, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>'s role<br />
in these arrangements.<br />
Professor Morag Shiach, Vice-Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive Dean<br />
(Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences)<br />
31
TPB2011-024<br />
The University of London Institute in Paris <strong>and</strong> the LLM in Paris<br />
Background:<br />
The University of London Institute in Paris (ULIP) was incorporated into the<br />
University of London in 1969 <strong>and</strong> is a Central <strong>Academic</strong> Body of the University.<br />
Its mission is to promote the study of the culture, language <strong>and</strong> literature of<br />
France. In 2004, a ULIP Consortium was formed involving <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, Royal<br />
Holloway <strong>and</strong> the University of London to develop research <strong>and</strong> teaching in<br />
French Studies at ULIP <strong>and</strong> thus to support the future academic <strong>and</strong> financial<br />
success of French Studies at all three institutions. <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> chose to join the<br />
Consortium in recognition of the strategic importance of French Studies (in the<br />
broadest sense) to research <strong>and</strong> teaching within Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences.<br />
Membership of the ULIP Consortium has contributed to QM’s recent success in<br />
recruiting leading researchers working on aspects of French culture into SLLF,<br />
History <strong>and</strong> SPIR.<br />
ULIP is accommodated in magnificent premises in central Paris, which were<br />
extensively refurbished by the University of London in 2006. A Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing defining the purposes <strong>and</strong> key structures of the ULIP Consortium<br />
was agreed by the <strong>Council</strong>s of all three institutions in 2005. A Management<br />
Board was established to oversee the work of the Consortium. The ULIP<br />
Management Board is chaired by the Vice‐Chancellor of the University of<br />
London, <strong>and</strong> includes representation from <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, Royal Holloway, ULIP,<br />
the Collegiate <strong>Council</strong> of the University <strong>and</strong> the Board of Trustees of the<br />
University, as well as the president of the ULIP Students’ Union <strong>and</strong> two external<br />
experts from the field of French Studies.<br />
Since 2009, extensive work has been undertaken by Consortium partners on the<br />
development of a new business plan to address the significant structural deficit<br />
that existed when the Consortium was formed. The ULIP Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business<br />
Plan 2011‐14, which identifies a financially sustainable future for ULIP, was<br />
approved by QMSE <strong>and</strong> then by the University of London Collegiate <strong>Council</strong> in<br />
2011.<br />
In 2011, it was also agreed by all Consortium partners that in order to facilitate<br />
the use of the facilities <strong>and</strong> services at ULIP for a variety of academic<br />
programmes offered by Consortium partners, a new entity, to be called ULIP<br />
Enterprises (which would be separate from the academic Department of French<br />
<strong>and</strong> Comparative Studies at ULIP) would be established.<br />
Recent Developments:<br />
In order to enable effective delivery of ULIP’s new Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business Plan, a<br />
new senior management group has been established to oversee the activities of<br />
ULIP, involving Geoff Crossick (UoL), Andrew Hussey (ULIP), Rob Kemp (RH)<br />
<strong>and</strong> Morag Shiach (QM).<br />
32
TPB2011-024<br />
Development of LLM programme in Paris:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The ULIP Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business Plan 2011‐14 identifies diversification<br />
into new premium‐fee markets as key to ensuring the future financial<br />
sustainability of ULIP<br />
In 2010 a Project Manager, Anna Gray, was appointed to ULIP to work<br />
with Consortium partners to facilitate the development of premium‐fee<br />
masters programmes to be delivered at ULIP.<br />
A Project Steering Group was established by Anna Gray in 2010 to<br />
oversee the detailed development of these plans. Anna Gray has liaised<br />
closely with academic <strong>and</strong> professional support staff at QM over the past<br />
eighteen months.<br />
The University of London has committed to investing in further<br />
significant refurbishment in Spring 2011 to bring basement space at ULIP<br />
into use for the teaching of premium‐fee programmes.<br />
The detail of facilities <strong>and</strong> services to be provided by ULIP Enterprises to<br />
support the delivery of the LLM programme has now been agreed, <strong>and</strong><br />
has been fed into the detailed business plan that was approved by QMSE<br />
in December 2011.<br />
The Chief Operating Officer of University of London is currently preparing<br />
a contract detailing these services <strong>and</strong> costs as outlined in the business<br />
plan, the process for annual review of these, <strong>and</strong> the mechanisms for any<br />
future termination of the agreement. This contract will be prepared<br />
before the end of January <strong>and</strong> will then be submitted to QMSE for<br />
approval.<br />
CCLS have received approval for the appointment of an <strong>Academic</strong><br />
Director <strong>and</strong> a dedicated administrator to support the LLM programme in<br />
Paris. Their remit will include close working with staff at ULIP to ensure<br />
that all agreed facilities <strong>and</strong> services are available to support students<br />
entering the programme in Sept 2012.<br />
Prof Morag Shiach<br />
Vice‐Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive Dean (HSS)<br />
6 Jan 2012<br />
33
TPB2011-025<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
Nature of proposal(s)<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Title of Proposal(s)<br />
being considered<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal(s)<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
MA Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> 9 associated module proposals:<br />
Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />
Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />
Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I<br />
Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />
Assessment in Language Teaching<br />
Syllabus Development in Language Teaching<br />
Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />
Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching<br />
Teachers as Learners – Learners as Teachers<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />
accompanying documentation. If any conditions of approval or<br />
recommendations arise through discussion at the Board these<br />
should be clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong><br />
articulated to the proposer.<br />
Potential issues<br />
identified <strong>and</strong><br />
comments on the<br />
proposal(s) from<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal, Programme Specification <strong>and</strong><br />
Response to External Advisers’ comments<br />
Comments from the external advisor are positive <strong>and</strong> have<br />
been duly considered.<br />
The programme specification states that the programme<br />
outcomes are referenced to the relevant QAA<br />
benchmark statement(s) but the benchmark group is listed as<br />
not applicable. Can this statement be clarified?<br />
34
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal Form<br />
All sections must be completed in full <strong>and</strong> supplementary information attached where requested. Part 2<br />
proposals should be appended to the Programme Specification <strong>and</strong> submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> who<br />
will arrange for the consideration of the proposal at Taught Programmes Board.<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Summary Information<br />
Proposed Programme Title MA in Language Teaching<br />
Programme Code TBC<br />
Programme Qualification<br />
Mode of study<br />
Programme<br />
Duration<br />
Master of Arts (MA) Full Time 1 Calendar Year<br />
Master of Arts (MA) Part Time 2 Calendar Years<br />
Proposed Start Date September 2012<br />
Programme Organiser Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
Does this programme contain a foundation year or any pre-sessional activity?<br />
1) Programme Management<br />
Describe the arrangements for the operational management of the programme <strong>and</strong> the quality assurance<br />
mechanisms that will be put in place. Consideration should be given to student representatives <strong>and</strong> hearing<br />
student views.<br />
Complete either section a) for programmes delivered by one School/Institute or section b) for programmes<br />
delivered by more than one School/Institute.<br />
a) Single School/Institute Delivery<br />
The School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film (SLLF) will run the MA in Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> have full responsibility for the<br />
management <strong>and</strong> quality assurance of the programme.<br />
There will be a Programme Organiser, who will have operational responsibility for running the programme, including<br />
monitoring quality assurance on all areas related to teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
The Programme Organiser will report to the SLLF’s Director of Taught Programmes, who oversees the running of all taught<br />
programmes, <strong>and</strong> to the Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Committee (TLC). The MA will be subject to the same quality assurance<br />
mechanisms that apply to all other taught MAs offered by SLLF in accordance with the College's Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching<br />
Strategy, the School's Taught Programmes Action Plan <strong>and</strong> Annual Programme Review. The key body responsible for the<br />
effective implementation of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategies <strong>and</strong> action plans is SLLF's TLC, <strong>and</strong> acts in consultation with the<br />
Staff-Student Liaison Committee (SSLC) <strong>and</strong> reports to the School's Executive Committee <strong>and</strong> School Board. The Director of<br />
Taught Programmes liaises with the Dean for Taught Programmes (HSS) to ensure compatibility between regulations <strong>and</strong><br />
practice relating to taught programmes in the School, <strong>and</strong> requirements set at Faculty <strong>and</strong> College level.<br />
No<br />
35
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
SLLF will have sole responsibility for the operational management of the programme, including marketing, admissions,<br />
inductions, programme delivery, assessment <strong>and</strong> provision of learning resources, <strong>and</strong> will provide the resources <strong>and</strong><br />
administrative support necessary for delivering teaching <strong>and</strong> learning activities in accordance with the terms <strong>and</strong> conditions<br />
specified.<br />
The programme will be subject to QM general <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations.<br />
b) Joint School/Institute Delivery (Joint Working Statement)<br />
For programmes that are delivered jointly between more than one School/Institute or for programmes that<br />
utilise modules from other Schools/Institutes in an interdisciplinary capacity, a joint working statement should<br />
be provided. This should identify the respective responsibilities of each School/Institute with regards to<br />
programme management, quality assurance, <strong>and</strong> student support.<br />
N/A<br />
2) Plagiarism Detection<br />
Consideration should be given to the use of plagiarism detection software e.g. turnitin, for programmes with a<br />
significant proportion of written assessed work. Provide information about how this will be managed for the<br />
programme.<br />
College regulations as outlined by QM's Acadmic <strong>Registry</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Secratariat will be applied.<br />
QM's Assessment Offences Regulations will be strictly followed.<br />
SLLF uses the Turnitin software/ webpage on request of the individual module organiser / teacher.<br />
3) <strong>Academic</strong> Staffing for the Programme (Non-<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Staff)<br />
List any academic staff that are not employed or managed by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will be involved in the teaching<br />
or assessment of the programme.<br />
N/A<br />
4) Distance Learning Programmes (if applicable)<br />
If the programme is distance learning, please specify how student-related data will be provided to the Student<br />
Administration Office. The mechanisms for the enrolment <strong>and</strong> assessment of distance learning students<br />
should also be described in detail.<br />
N/A<br />
5) Subject Examination Board Details<br />
Specify the name of the Subject Examination Board (SEB), which will oversee the assessment processes that<br />
operate for the programme(s) <strong>and</strong> modules clarify whether this is a new or existing SEB. For further<br />
information please contact Simon Hayter.<br />
School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
36
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
6) External Adviser Comments<br />
Detailed comments from at least one external adviser - submissions must be supported by external specialist<br />
opinion, e.g. from a representative of a professional organisation, or a senior academic in another institution.<br />
The external adviser should be able to comment in sufficient detail on the appropriateness <strong>and</strong> viability of the<br />
proposed programme (s). For further guidance regarding the selection criteria, role <strong>and</strong> expectations of<br />
External Advisers please refer to the External Adviser Guidelines.<br />
QMUL MA in Language Teaching<br />
1.0 Introduction<br />
Firstly I would like to congratulate Dr Falco Pfalzgraf on putting together a program of study which manages to combine the<br />
theoretical with a wide range of options which focus on the relevance <strong>and</strong> applicability of educational theory. Although the<br />
absence of a distinct period of teaching practice at this stage is a matter of possible concern, certain options such as the one<br />
where students monitor their own progress in new language acquisition help to fill this gap. In any case the whole rationale of<br />
the course is to provide students with a sound theoretical framework <strong>and</strong> a sound base for starting a career in education. The<br />
fact that it has a flexi-lingual focus means QMUL will be able to draw on a wide range of potential students from across the<br />
globe who would like a British education based in London.<br />
2.0 The Market<br />
2.1 I noted the number of direct <strong>and</strong> indirect competitors but still feel QMUL has put together a distinctive course which fits in<br />
well with the reputational strengths of the parent institution.<br />
3.0 The structure of the MA<br />
I was impressed by the thoroughness of the approach. Students are systematically introduced to the key issues <strong>and</strong> are able to<br />
use this information to build up an impressive portfolio of knowledge. The progression of topics in the main body of the course<br />
is well-focused <strong>and</strong> should guarantee a firm <strong>and</strong> well-paced acquisition of key themes <strong>and</strong> topics.<br />
This combined with a well-chosen selection of options to maximise the individual strengths of students should lead to a<br />
winning combination. I have no worries regarding assessment procedures which are well devised to cope with the dem<strong>and</strong>s of<br />
both the course <strong>and</strong> to reflect accurately the learning achievements of the students.<br />
4.0 Needs of student cohort.<br />
Since most of the students will not have English as their first language <strong>and</strong> since the course will dem<strong>and</strong> a high level of<br />
expertise in writing <strong>and</strong> expression in English, QMUL should ensure that the correct amount of in-sessional EAP support is<br />
available.<br />
5.0 Marketing. It was disappointing to read about the non-involvement of this unit in helping the course writer with marketing<br />
issues.<br />
6.0 Conclusion<br />
I find this MA a strong contender in an exp<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> commercially active market. As external examiner <strong>and</strong> assessor on<br />
educational language programmes at Greenwich <strong>and</strong> UCLAN, I can confirm that QMUL's entry has the strong potential to be an<br />
excellent product <strong>and</strong> should respond well to the needs of this particular market.<br />
Nick Byrne<br />
Director LSE Language Centre<br />
Name & Title of External Adviser<br />
Current Post & Institution / Organisation<br />
Mr Nick Byrne<br />
Director of Language Centre, London School of Economics & Political Science<br />
Address for Correspondence (<strong>and</strong> email) LSE Language Centre, Floor 7, Clare Market Building, Houghton Street, London<br />
WC2A 2AE, Tel. 020 7955 6899 e-mail n.byrne@lse.ac.uk<br />
37
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
7) Response to External Adviser Comments<br />
This should include a full response to the comments provided by the External Adviser. Each point / issue<br />
raised by the External Adviser that requires further consideration should be addressed in detail in this<br />
response.<br />
We are happy to see that the external advisor is very positive about the new MA programme.<br />
We are aware of the fact that the MA should have more than one practical component. However, the concept of this new MA<br />
programme is that we start with a more theoretical approach. This is connected to questions concerning human reassurances<br />
<strong>and</strong> time management. The MA will then be extended year by year. The current plan is to introduce language-specific<br />
(including English) <strong>and</strong> practical modules after the first or second year.<br />
Concerning QMUL's marketing specialists: The matter is currently being addressed by the Head of SLLF, Prof. Rüdiger Görner.<br />
Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
(Programme Organiser)<br />
The following documents must accompany the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />
Proposals that are not accompanied by the necessary documentation will not be<br />
considered by Taught Programmes Board.<br />
> Has a Programme Specification been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />
> Have module proposal forms for each new module been submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />
> Is there evidence of support from at least one external adviser? Yes<br />
> Have the <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations (including progression, if not within the modular<br />
regulation structure) been clearly documented <strong>and</strong>/or appended?<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborative provision: programmes that are offered in partnership with an<br />
external organisation should usually have the following documents appended to<br />
the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />
> Has a draft Memor<strong>and</strong>um of Agreement been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part<br />
2?<br />
N/A<br />
> Has supplementary information on the management of the partnership been submitted<br />
with the Part 2?<br />
N/A<br />
> Have any special regulations been submitted with the Part 2 (where relevant)? N/A<br />
38
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TPB2011-025<br />
Approval of Part 2 Programme Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.11 16:37:01 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Chair of Taught Programmes<br />
Board<br />
39
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
Programme Specification<br />
Awarding Body/Institution<br />
Teaching Institution<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title Master of Arts (MA) in Language Teaching<br />
Name of Interim Award(s)<br />
Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />
QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />
QAA Benchmark Group<br />
N/A<br />
1 calendar year (full-time); 2 calendar years (part-time)<br />
TBD<br />
N/A<br />
FHEQ Level of Award Level 7<br />
Programme Accredited by<br />
Date Programme Specification Approved<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
N/A<br />
TBD<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />
N/A<br />
Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />
N/A<br />
Programme Outline<br />
QMUL’s MA in Language Teaching is a prestigious University of London degree suitable for students who wish to obtain a<br />
general language teaching qualification for Europe <strong>and</strong> beyond. This MA degree will become highly relevant in the near future<br />
because of the EU-wide (including the UK) dem<strong>and</strong> for language teachers, especially speakers of some non-European<br />
languages, with a qualification that satisfies UK <strong>and</strong> EU – <strong>and</strong> therefore international – st<strong>and</strong>ards. So does QMUL’s MA in<br />
Language Teaching. The degree is advisable for students who wish to teach their mother tongue or in fact any other language<br />
they speak on an adequate level. It focuses mainly on general, theoretical aspects of language teaching. People awarded with<br />
the MA in Language Teaching will have a thorough theoretical foundation to teach any language. They can also work in areas<br />
like Educational Technology or Quality Assurance, depending on their choice of options (see programme specifications). In<br />
addition, students will profit from London’s international English-speaking environment; as proven by our many undergraduate<br />
students from outside the UK who already study a language other than English with us.<br />
The MA in Language Teaching consists of the following modules:<br />
• LLU7tbc1: Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods (core module)<br />
• LLU7tbc2: Dissertation in Language Teaching (core module)<br />
• LLU7tbc3: Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I (elective module)<br />
40
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
• LLU7tbc4: Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II (elective module)<br />
• LLU7tbc5: Assessment in Language Teaching (elective module)<br />
• LLU7tbc6: Syllabus Development in Language Teaching (elective module)<br />
• LLU7tbc7: Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language (elective module)<br />
• LLU7tbc8: Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching (elective module)<br />
• LLU7tbc9: Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers (elective module)<br />
Aims of the Programme<br />
Details concerning the broad purpose for offering the programme are included in the 'Programme Outline' above.<br />
This includes:<br />
• the meeting of national, EU-wide, <strong>and</strong> international need;<br />
• preparation for the prosecution of research;<br />
• preparation for employment;<br />
• widening access to higher education;<br />
• encouraging the pursuit of independent study in the area.<br />
What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop <strong>and</strong> demonstrate knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing,<br />
skills <strong>and</strong> other attributes in the following areas. The programme outcomes are referenced to the relevant QAA<br />
benchmark statement(s) (see above) <strong>and</strong> the Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales<br />
<strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008), <strong>and</strong> relate to the typical student. Additionally, the SEEC Credit Level Descriptors<br />
for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate Attributes have been used as a<br />
guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Able to deal with complex issues both systematically <strong>and</strong> creatively, make sound judgements in the absence of<br />
complete data, <strong>and</strong> communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist <strong>and</strong> non-specialist audiences<br />
Able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />
planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level<br />
Able to continue to advance your knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
Demonstrate a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge <strong>and</strong> a critical awareness of current problems <strong>and</strong> new insights<br />
concerning language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning theory, much of which is at, or informed by, the forefront of your<br />
academic field of study / academic discipline<br />
Demonstrate a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques applicable to your own research in the area of language<br />
teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
Demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established<br />
techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret<br />
knowledge in the discipline<br />
Demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables you to evaluate critically current research <strong>and</strong> advanced<br />
scholarship in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
41
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
B 5<br />
Demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables you to evaluate methodologies in the area of language<br />
teaching <strong>and</strong> learning <strong>and</strong> develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, to propose new hypotheses.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
C 4<br />
C 5<br />
C 6<br />
Able to critically evaluate the reliability of different sources of information<br />
Able to use information for evidence-based decision-making <strong>and</strong> creative thinking<br />
Able to adapt your underst<strong>and</strong>ing to new <strong>and</strong> unfamiliar settings<br />
Able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility<br />
Demonstrate decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong> unpredictable situations<br />
Demonstrate the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development<br />
How Will You Learn?<br />
A range of Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning techniques will be used, tailored to the learning outcomes of the different modules. These will<br />
include lectures, seminar discussions, directed readings, practical tasks, material development, library-based research,<br />
presentations, group work <strong>and</strong> knowledge transfer activities. Individual module forms list further details of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
procedures.<br />
How Will You Be Assessed?<br />
A wide range of assessment techniques will also be used. These will include essays, portfolios, continuous assessment,<br />
presentations, practical tasks, material development. Individual module proposal forms list further details of assessment<br />
practices.<br />
How is the Programme Structured?<br />
For the nine specific modules <strong>and</strong> their titles, please see below. In addition to the two core modules LLUtbc1 <strong>and</strong> LLUtbc2, you<br />
will choose two elective modules worth a total of 60 credits, according to your career plans. All elective modules are valued at 30<br />
credits. Most elective modules run over one semester <strong>and</strong> are offered either in semester 1 or 2. LLU7tbc3 runs in semester 1 <strong>and</strong> is<br />
the prerequisite for LLU7tbc4 which runs in semester 2; together they provide students with a thorough overview of the use of<br />
42
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
educational technology in language teaching. LLU7tbc9 runs in semester 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 <strong>and</strong> provides students with an insight in<br />
language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning from the perspective of both the language learner <strong>and</strong> the language teacher: In our language<br />
centre, students learn a language which is different from their mother tongue <strong>and</strong> other languages they speak or have learned<br />
before. In addition, there is a one-hour seminar per week in which, under the supervision of experienced staff, students reflect on<br />
the methods, processes <strong>and</strong> effects connected to the teaching <strong>and</strong> learning process. On successful completion of the module,<br />
students will be issued with a separate, additional language certificate.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study 1<br />
Module Title<br />
Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong><br />
Methods<br />
Module<br />
Code<br />
Credits<br />
Level<br />
Module<br />
Selection<br />
Status<br />
<strong>Academic</strong><br />
Year of<br />
Study<br />
Semester<br />
LLU7tbc1 60 7 Core 1 Semesters 1 & 2<br />
Dissertation in Language Teaching LLU7tbc2 60 7 Core 1 Semester 3<br />
Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language<br />
Teaching I<br />
Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language<br />
Teaching II<br />
LLU7tbc3 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />
LLU7tbc4 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Assessment in Language Teaching LLU7tbc5 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Syllabus Development in Language<br />
Teaching<br />
Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken<br />
Language<br />
Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language<br />
Teaching<br />
Teachers as Learners – Learners as<br />
Teachers<br />
LLU7tbc6 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />
LLU7tbc7 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />
LLU7tbc8 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
LLU7tbc9 30 7 Elective 1 Semesters 1 & 2<br />
What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />
• Upper second-class honours (or overseas equivalent) in an undergraduate degree in language, or in a field related to language/<br />
culture<br />
• IELTS 7.0 with 7.0 in writing (or equivalent) required of overseas applicants whose first language is not English<br />
43
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />
The Staff-Student Liaison Committee provides a formal means of communication <strong>and</strong> discussion between Schools <strong>and</strong> its<br />
students. The committee consists of student representatives from each year in the school/institute together with appropriate<br />
representation from staff within the school/institute. It is designed to respond to the needs of students, as well as act as a forum<br />
for discussing programme <strong>and</strong> module developments. Staff-Student Liaison Committees meet regularly throughout the year.<br />
Each school operates a Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee, or equivalent, which advises the School/Institute Director of Taught<br />
Programmes on all matters relating to the delivery of taught programmes at school level including monitoring the application of<br />
relevant QM policies <strong>and</strong> reviewing all proposals for module <strong>and</strong> programme approval <strong>and</strong> amendment before submission to<br />
Taught Programmes Board. Student views are incorporated in this Committee’s work in a number of ways, such as through<br />
student membership, or consideration of student surveys.<br />
All schools operate an Annual Programme Review of their taught undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate provision. The process is<br />
normally organised at a School-level basis with the Head of School, or equivalent, responsible for the completion of the school's<br />
Annual Programme Reviews. Schools/institutes are required to produce a separate Annual Programme Review for undergraduate<br />
programmes <strong>and</strong> for postgraduate taught programmes using the relevant Undergraduate or Postgraduate Annual Programme<br />
Review pro-forma. Students’ views are considered in this process through analysis of the NSS <strong>and</strong> module evaluations.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />
In addition to the huge range of support for students provided by the college (the Dean <strong>and</strong> Deputy Dean for Students; the<br />
Student Finance <strong>and</strong> Bursary Officer; <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Advice <strong>and</strong> Counselling Service; Occupational Health Service; Student Health<br />
Service; Careers Service; Library Services; Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service; Students' Union; Westfield Nursery; Chaplaincy, etc.), all<br />
MA students are supported by their individual advisors. Students will also attend postgraduate research training sessions held by<br />
SLLF during the first four weeks of the MA programme.<br />
Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />
N/A<br />
Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />
learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />
postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />
Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />
• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />
• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />
• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />
• Special arrangements in examinations<br />
• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />
• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />
• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />
• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />
• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />
44
TPB2011-025<br />
Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />
Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />
• Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities = N/A<br />
• Transferable skills as outlined in "Learning Outcomes / Attributes", C1 - C6<br />
Programme Specification Approval<br />
Person completing Programme Specification<br />
Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
Person responsible for management of programme Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />
by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />
Date Programme Specification approved by<br />
Taught Programmes Board<br />
TBD<br />
45
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc1<br />
Credit Value 60 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
46
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is one of the two the core modules for the MA in Language Teaching in which students will be given a comprehensive<br />
overview of essential theories concerning Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research.<br />
This is the teaching plan:<br />
Semester 1, Week 1<br />
Introduction to Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research<br />
Semester 1, Week 2<br />
Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar I<br />
Semester 1, Week 3<br />
Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar II<br />
Semester 1, Week 4<br />
Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching vocabulary<br />
Semester 1, Week 5<br />
Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching pronunciation I<br />
Semester 1, Week 6<br />
Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching pronunciation II<br />
Semester 1, Week 8<br />
Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system I<br />
Semester 1, Week 9<br />
Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system II<br />
Semester 1, Week 10<br />
Strategies for communicating <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
Semester 1, Week 11<br />
The listening <strong>and</strong> reading process<br />
Semester 1, Week 12<br />
Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusions<br />
Semester 2, Week 1<br />
Individual differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners I<br />
Semester 2, Week 2<br />
Individual differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners II<br />
Semester 2, Week 3<br />
Classroom interaction <strong>and</strong> Conversation Analysys<br />
Semester 2, Week 4<br />
The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker I<br />
Semester 2, Week 5<br />
47
TPB2011-025<br />
The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker II<br />
Semester 2, Week 6<br />
The goals of language teaching<br />
Semester 2, Week 8<br />
General models of L2 learning I<br />
Semester 2, Week 9<br />
General models of L2 learning II<br />
Semester 2, Week 10<br />
Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles<br />
Semester 2, Week 11<br />
Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles<br />
Semester 2, Week 12<br />
Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusions<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
• Teaching staff (Dr Falco Pfalzgraf)<br />
• Updated library resources<br />
• Laptop for PowerPoint presentations<br />
• Data projector for PowerPoint presentations<br />
• Lecture/seminar room with st<strong>and</strong>ard equipment<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:26:40 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
48
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc1<br />
Credit Value 60 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1 & 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This is one of the two the core modules for the MA in Language Teaching. Students will be given a comprehensive overview of<br />
essential theories concerning Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research.<br />
Areas to be covered will include: Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar, vocabulary, <strong>and</strong> pronunciation; Acquiring<br />
<strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system; Strategies for communicating <strong>and</strong> learning; The listening <strong>and</strong> reading process; Individual<br />
differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners; Classroom interaction <strong>and</strong> Conversation Analysis; The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker; The<br />
goals of language teaching; General models of L2 learning; Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The educational purpose for offering this core module is to provide students with an in-depth overview of essential theories of<br />
Second Language Acquisition research which is essential for their future work <strong>and</strong> career.<br />
49
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Able to deal with complex issues both systematically <strong>and</strong> creatively, make sound judgements in the absence of<br />
complete data, <strong>and</strong> communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist <strong>and</strong> non-specialist audiences<br />
Able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning<br />
<strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level<br />
Able to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
B 5<br />
demonstrate a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge <strong>and</strong> a critical awareness of current problems <strong>and</strong> new insights<br />
concerning language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning theory, much of which is at, or informed by, the forefront of their<br />
academic field of study / academic discipline<br />
demonstrate a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques applicable to their own research in the area of language<br />
teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
show originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established<br />
techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret<br />
knowledge in the discipline<br />
demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables the student to evaluate critically current research <strong>and</strong><br />
advanced scholarship in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />
demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables the student to evaluate methodologies in the area of language<br />
teaching <strong>and</strong> learning <strong>and</strong> develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, to propose new hypotheses.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
C 4<br />
C 5<br />
C 6<br />
Ability to critically evaluate the reliability of different sources of information<br />
Ability to use information for evidence-based decision-making <strong>and</strong> creative thinking<br />
Ability to adapt their underst<strong>and</strong>ing to new <strong>and</strong> unfamiliar settings<br />
Ability to exercise of initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility<br />
Ability to demonstrate decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong> unpredictable situations<br />
Ability to demonstrate independent learning ability required for continuing professional development<br />
50
TPB2011-025<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Cook, Vivian (2008): Second Language Learning <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching. Fourth edition. London: Hodder.<br />
• Richards, Jack C. & Rodgers, Theodore S. (2011): Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods in Language Teaching. Second edition. Cambridge:<br />
CUP.<br />
• Hedge, Tricia (2010): Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning in the Language Classroom. Oxford: OUP.<br />
• Kolker Horwitz, Elaine (2008): Becoming a Language Teacher. A Practical Guide to Second Language Learning <strong>and</strong> Language<br />
Teaching. New York: Pearson.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
Combination of lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars.<br />
11 weeks of teaching in both semesters,<br />
2h student/lecturer interaction per week<br />
= in total 44h student/lecturer interaction<br />
22h per week during 22 weeks of teaching = 484h<br />
plus 36h each reading week = 72h<br />
= in total 556h student independent learning time<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
44h student/lecturer interaction<br />
+ 556h student independent learning time<br />
= 600h total module notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
51
TPB2011-025<br />
Continuous assessment over the<br />
whole year: 5 pieces of<br />
coursework per semester, 400<br />
words each<br />
Coursework<br />
5 pieces of<br />
coursework per<br />
semester, 400<br />
words each =<br />
4000 words in<br />
total<br />
50% No n/a<br />
Essay one at end of first semester Coursework 2,000 words 25% No n/a<br />
Essay two at end of second<br />
semester<br />
Coursework 2,000 words 25% Yes n/a<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
2 essays Coursework 4000 words each<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
52
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title MA Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc2<br />
Credit Value 60 Level 7 Module Type DPM Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
53
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Core module for the MA in Language Teaching. In co-ordination with their supervisor, students will write a 10,000 to 12,000 word<br />
dissertation on a topic (original research) of their choice.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
• Staff for supervision<br />
• Updated library resources<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:29:51 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
54
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title MA Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc2<br />
Credit Value 60 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 3<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
In coordination with a supervisor, students will select a topic for advanced study. They will collect <strong>and</strong> analyse the necessary data.<br />
This will result in the writing of a 10,000 to 12,000 word dissertation. For this, students will synthesize various aspects of the<br />
knowledge they will have obtained through the degree <strong>and</strong> demonstrate their ability to conduct <strong>and</strong> present high quality<br />
original research.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
• Enable students to plan, conduct <strong>and</strong> present in written form an extended research project.<br />
55
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Able to devise an appropriate, relevant <strong>and</strong> original research question<br />
Able to conduct <strong>and</strong> execute appropriate data collection <strong>and</strong> analysis<br />
Able to identify <strong>and</strong> synthesize existing information on a given topic <strong>and</strong> apply it to a new domain<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Effectively communicate background, method, findings <strong>and</strong> interpretations in written form<br />
Develop expertise in a given area<br />
Write effectively <strong>and</strong> confidently in a formal/professional style<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Ability to plan long-term projects, identifying constituent steps along the way<br />
Ability to manage time effectively <strong>and</strong> work independently<br />
Ability to set own deadlines for completion <strong>and</strong> learn to meet <strong>and</strong> adapt to self-imposed targets, as necessary<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
N/A<br />
56
TPB2011-025<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
5h to 10h in summer term<br />
for formal meetings between student <strong>and</strong> research supervisor<br />
This contact time is in addition to any informal supervision that takes<br />
place (including e-mail contact, time supervisor spends reading draft<br />
portions of dissertation, etc.)<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
590h to 595h over summer term (May-August):<br />
planning project, conducting data collection <strong>and</strong> analysis<br />
<strong>and</strong> writing final dissertation.<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
5h to 10h student/lecturer interaction<br />
+ 590h to 595h student independent learning time<br />
= 600h total module notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
10,000 to 12,000<br />
words<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
MA Dissertation<br />
in Language Teaching<br />
Dissertation<br />
100% Yes n/a<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
57
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
58
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I – Technology in the Classroom<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc3<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X100 Training Teachers<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
59
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
The twenty-first century language teacher has to be not only a competent <strong>and</strong> innovative user of learning technologies, but one<br />
who underst<strong>and</strong>s new technologies well enough to enable their students to make creative use of those technologies in their<br />
language studies. According to Eaton (2010), "Students are harnessing their creativity to express themselves <strong>and</strong> demonstrate<br />
what they know using technology. The challenge for the twenty-first century teacher will be to find ways to allow them to do<br />
that." A survey of the state-of-the-art of technologies available to educators today (e.g. Godwin-Jones, 2007; V<strong>and</strong>erplank, 2010),<br />
shows that language teachers today need to be well-versed in how to make effective use of learning technologies in their<br />
teaching practice. The purpose of this course, therefore, is to provide an opportunity for practising language teachers to develop<br />
their skills in the field of language learning with technology.<br />
This optional module therefore, is designed to provide an introduction to key developments in the field <strong>and</strong> to provide<br />
opportunities for course participants to develop their practical skills in using technology in language teaching.<br />
References<br />
Eaton, S.E., (2010).' Global Trends in Language Learning in the 21st Century.' < http://www.eaea.org/doc/news/Global-Trends-in-<br />
Language-Learning-in-the-21st-Century.pdf. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />
Godwin-Jones, R., (2007). 'Emerging Technologies Tools <strong>and</strong> Trends in Self-Paced Language Instruction.' Language Learning <strong>and</strong><br />
Technology, 11:2, 10-17. < http://llt.msu.edu/vol11num2/emerging/default.html. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />
V<strong>and</strong>erplank, R., (2010). 'De´ ja` vu? A decade of research on language laboratories, television <strong>and</strong> video in language learning.'<br />
Language Teaching, 43:1, 1-37. < http://journals.cambridge.org/abstract_S0261444809990267. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Personnel: Mr Martin Barge (Technical Director of the Language Centre). The fact<br />
the Mr Barge will be engaged in pedagogical activity may require obtaining<br />
additional technical help from IT Services when required.<br />
Resources: Language Centre language labs, Smartboards, projectors, PCs,<br />
language learning software including licences. Purchase of copies of set texts for<br />
QM Library; language learning materials for evaluation.<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:33:02 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
60
TPB2011-025<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
61
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I – Technology in the Classroom<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc3<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Mr Martin Barge<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This module is designed to provide an introduction to the pedagogical use of technology in the language classroom. The course<br />
will focus on key issues <strong>and</strong> developments in the field of classroom-based language teaching with technology <strong>and</strong> will explore<br />
practical approaches to using technological tools in the classroom. Participants will be given opportunities to develop practical<br />
lesson ideas <strong>and</strong> materials <strong>and</strong> will be encouraged to pursue their particular interests in the subject area.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
This module aims to provide a broad introduction to the field of language teaching with technology. Language teachers today<br />
are required to become competent at using a wide range of specialised <strong>and</strong> generic technological tools in their teaching practice.<br />
This module aims to address this requirement by providing opportunities for course participants to develop their technical <strong>and</strong><br />
pedagogical skills' set in a modern technological language learning facility (the <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Language Centre Laboratories). The<br />
module content will include explorations of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> research literature in the field, as well as providing h<strong>and</strong>s-on<br />
practice in teaching with technology. Participants will be required to demonstrate acquisition of skills <strong>and</strong> knowledge through<br />
both written <strong>and</strong> practical production.<br />
62
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Participants will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of core knowledge, together with a critical awareness of current<br />
problems <strong>and</strong> new insights in the field of educational technology in language education.<br />
Participants will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of approaches <strong>and</strong> techniques applicable to the<br />
development of their own research <strong>and</strong> scholarship in this field of enquiry.<br />
Participants will demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of<br />
how established techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry are used to create, interpret <strong>and</strong> apply knowledge in the<br />
discipline.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Participants will be able to critically evaluate current research <strong>and</strong> advanced scholarship in the field of educational<br />
technology <strong>and</strong> language learning.<br />
Participants will be able to evaluate pedagogical approaches <strong>and</strong> methodologies, develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>,<br />
where appropriate, propose new hypotheses.<br />
Participants will continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing in the field of educational technology, <strong>and</strong><br />
to develop new skills to a high level.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Participants will demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />
planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks to a professional st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
Participants will demonstrate evidence of independent learning abilities required for their continuing professional<br />
development in the field.<br />
Participants will demonstrate initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility in making technical <strong>and</strong> pedagogical decisions <strong>and</strong><br />
choices in a range of classroom-based situations.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Crystal, D. (2001). Language <strong>and</strong> the Internet. Cambridge. CUP.<br />
• Levy, M. (1997). Computer-Assisted Language Learning. Context <strong>and</strong> Conceptualization. Oxford. OUP.<br />
• Pennington, M.C. (1996). The Power of CALL. Houston. Athelstan.<br />
• Scrimshaw, P. (1993). Language, Classrooms <strong>and</strong> Computers. London. RoutledgeFalmer.<br />
• Windeatt, S., Hardisty, D. <strong>and</strong> D. Eastment (2000). The Internet. Oxford. OUP.<br />
63
TPB2011-025<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
Lab-based classes (2 hours per week) will focus on practical<br />
dimensions of the discipline. This will be supported by guided<br />
materials <strong>and</strong> structured tasks on the VLE.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
Students will be required to undertake extensive reading of the<br />
literature in the discipline. This will consist of books <strong>and</strong> refereed<br />
journals, available online <strong>and</strong> via the Library. Participants will also be<br />
required to plan, prepare <strong>and</strong> produce high-quality lesson materials.<br />
300<br />
This will consist of a balance of theoretical input based around the<br />
core literature <strong>and</strong> in-class discussion, combined with practical labbased<br />
activity supplemented with online tutorial material provided<br />
on the VLE.<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
A written evaluation of one or<br />
two published pedagogical<br />
materials that use technology in<br />
the classroom.<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 1,400 words 30% No n/a<br />
The creation of a set of lesson<br />
materials for a 1-1.5 hour<br />
language lesson incorporating at<br />
least two technological teaching<br />
tools. Accompanied by a written<br />
essay explaining the rationale for,<br />
development of <strong>and</strong><br />
implementation of the materials.<br />
Coursework<br />
1 x 1-1.5 hour set<br />
of lesson<br />
materials; plus 1<br />
x 2,000 word<br />
essay.<br />
70% Yes n/a<br />
64
TPB2011-025<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
65
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc4<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X100<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
66
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Computer technologies offer great scope <strong>and</strong> opportunities for language teachers to create <strong>and</strong> develop engaging <strong>and</strong> effective<br />
computer-based language learning applications for their learners, including desktop, mobile <strong>and</strong> web-based applications, such<br />
as language games, quizzes <strong>and</strong> multimedia materials. The tools available to teachers for this purpose range from relatively easyto-use,<br />
template-based authoring environments, to complex web <strong>and</strong> application programming languages. This presents<br />
interesting questions about the interface between the disciplines of language teaching, e-learning <strong>and</strong> elements of computer<br />
science. It has even been proposed that language teachers who learn the basics of computer programming bring increased<br />
benefits to the language teaching profession (Vincent, M., 1985). This optional module, therefore, aims to address this<br />
professional need, by providing an introduction to the design <strong>and</strong> development of computer-based language learning materials<br />
for learner-directed self-access learning contexts.<br />
References<br />
Vincent, M. (1985). Should Teachers Learn to Programme? Computers in English Language Teaching. ELT Documents: 122, pp<br />
79-82.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Personnel: Mr Martin Barge (Technical Director of the Language Centre). The fact<br />
the Mr Barge will be engaged in pedagogical activity may require obtaining<br />
additional technical help from IT Services when required.<br />
Resources: Language Centre language labs, Smartboards, projectors, PCs,<br />
language learning software including licences. Purchase of copies of set texts for<br />
QM Library; language learning materials for evaluation.<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:39:49 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
67
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc4<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Mr Martin Barge<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This module will provide an introduction to the use of computer software for the creation of digital language learning materials'<br />
for use by learners in self-access, self-study contexts. The module will focus on theoretical <strong>and</strong> research literature in the field of<br />
computer-based <strong>and</strong> web-based language learning materials' design, <strong>and</strong> will introduce participants to a range of authoring<br />
tools <strong>and</strong> scripting languages that can be used for this purpose. Participants will be encouraged to explore their own interests in<br />
this field <strong>and</strong> to develop their own materials.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
Advances <strong>and</strong> developments in digital technologies over the course of the past 30 years have brought with them a proliferation<br />
of digital language learning materials, from CD/DVD-ROM-based materials to the sophisticated, web-based language learning<br />
applications of today. This module, therefore, aims to provide course participants with a broad underst<strong>and</strong>ing of trends <strong>and</strong><br />
developments in this field, with a particular focus on how such materials are made, the design principles underpinning them <strong>and</strong><br />
the development tools used in their creation. The course also aims to provide participants with the basic techniques <strong>and</strong> skills<br />
needed to develop effective computer-based language learning materials for independent language learning contexts.<br />
68
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Participants will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of core knowledge, together with a critical awareness of current<br />
problems <strong>and</strong> new insights in the field of digital materials' design for language education.<br />
Participants will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of approaches <strong>and</strong> techniques applicable to the<br />
development of their own research <strong>and</strong> scholarship in this field of enquiry.<br />
Participants will demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of<br />
how established techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry are used to create, interpret <strong>and</strong> apply knowledge in the field of<br />
digital language learning media.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Participants will be able to critically evaluate current research <strong>and</strong> advanced scholarship in the field of digital<br />
materials' design for language learning.<br />
Participants will be able to evaluate a range of approaches <strong>and</strong> methodologies applicable to digital materials'<br />
development, develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, propose new hypotheses.<br />
Participants will continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing in the field of digital materials'<br />
development, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Participants will demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />
planning <strong>and</strong> implementing design solutions to a professional st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />
Participants will demonstrate evidence of independent learning abilities required for their continuing professional<br />
development in the field.<br />
Participants will demonstrate initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility in making technical <strong>and</strong> design decisions <strong>and</strong><br />
choices appropriate to their chosen contexts.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Felix, U. (2003). Language learning online: towards best practice. Lisse. Swets <strong>and</strong> Zeitlinger.<br />
• Hemard, D.P. (1997). Design Principles <strong>and</strong> Guidelines for Authoring Hypermedia Language Learning Applications. System 25(1),<br />
9-27.<br />
• Levy, M. <strong>and</strong> Stockwell, G. (2003). CALL dimensions: options <strong>and</strong> issues in computer-assisted language learning. Mahwah.<br />
Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.<br />
• Oliver, R. <strong>and</strong> Herrington, J. (1995). Developing effective hypermedia instructional materials. Australian Journal of Educational<br />
Technology, 11(2), 8-22.<br />
• Watts, N. (1997). A Learner Based Design Model for Interactive Multimedia Language Learning Packages. System 25(1), 1-8.<br />
69
TPB2011-025<br />
Practical Text:<br />
• Richardson. W. (2009). Blogs, wikis, podcasts, <strong>and</strong> other powerful web tools for classrooms. USA. Corwin Press.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
Lab-based classes (2 hours per week) will focus on practical skills.<br />
This will be supported by guided materials <strong>and</strong> structured tasks on<br />
the VLE.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
Students will be required to undertake extensive reading of the<br />
literature in the discipline. This will consist of books, refereed<br />
journals, technical guides <strong>and</strong> practice-based tutorial material.<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
This will consist of a balance of theoretical input based around the<br />
core literature <strong>and</strong> in-class discussion, combined with practical<br />
computer-based activity, supplemented with online tutorial material<br />
provided on the VLE.<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
A written evaluation of one or<br />
two sets of digital materials<br />
designed for independent<br />
language learning.<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 1,400 words 30% No n/a<br />
70
TPB2011-025<br />
The design <strong>and</strong> partial creation of<br />
a set of digital materials designed<br />
for independent language<br />
learning.<br />
Practical<br />
1 x set of digital<br />
materials (5<br />
screens),<br />
accompanied by<br />
1 x materials'<br />
design<br />
document <strong>and</strong><br />
rationale (2,000<br />
words)<br />
70% Yes n/a<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
71
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Assessment in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc5<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
72
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />
The rationale for this module is to contextualise the role of assessment within the language learning process <strong>and</strong> to identify ways<br />
in which forms of assessment influence the content of a language learning course or process. There is a need for continuing<br />
research <strong>and</strong> development in the field, both from the theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical point of view. This module aims to raise students'<br />
awareness of the importance of different approaches to assessment in language learning.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />
teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:42:00 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
73
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Assessment in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc5<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The module will describe <strong>and</strong> analyse the theoretical development <strong>and</strong> principles of language test construction <strong>and</strong> its history. It<br />
will also analyse <strong>and</strong> assess different models of language tests with regard to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for purpose. It will<br />
look at different areas of assessment, including self-assessment <strong>and</strong> continuous assessment. The role played by the Common<br />
European Framework of Reference will be studied. The module will investigate aspects of the washback effect of tests on<br />
teaching <strong>and</strong> course content <strong>and</strong> will involve students in the evaluation <strong>and</strong> construction of language assessment tools.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module aims to develop an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the historical <strong>and</strong> theoretical development of language test construction, of<br />
the various purposes of language testing <strong>and</strong> to analyse the criteria by which the validity of various language testing formats <strong>and</strong><br />
content can be measured. The module also aims to provide insights <strong>and</strong> guidance into ways in which assessment in language<br />
learning can be built into a course of study <strong>and</strong> also to guide students towards relevant approaches in the evaluation <strong>and</strong><br />
construction of effective <strong>and</strong> appropriate language assessment tests.<br />
74
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Students will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> historical development of<br />
language assessment <strong>and</strong> testing.<br />
Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques involved in the construction of language<br />
assessment tests as a result of their own research into the area.<br />
Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />
the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the construction <strong>and</strong> analysis of language testing assessment<br />
tools.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for<br />
purpose of different forms of language assessment test.<br />
Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems related to the<br />
discipline, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at the required level relating to the<br />
development of valid language testing materials.<br />
Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />
skills related to the topic of assessment in language learning.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />
responsibility in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong><br />
unpredictable situations in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />
for continuing professional development in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Alderson, J. & North, B. (eds) (1991). Language Testing in the 1990s: The Communicative Legacy. London: Macmillan.<br />
• Alderson, J. C. & Clapham, C. M. & D. Wall (1995). Language Test Construction <strong>and</strong> Evaluation. Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />
Press.<br />
• Buck, G. (2001). Assessing Listening. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />
• <strong>Council</strong> of Europe (ed.) (2002). Common European Framework of reference for languages : learning, teaching, assessment : case<br />
studies.<br />
• Martyniuk, Waldemar (2010). Aligning tests with the CEFR: reflections on using the <strong>Council</strong> of Europe's draft manual. Cambridge<br />
75
TPB2011-025<br />
University Press.<br />
• Weigle, S. C. (2002). Assessing Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Hunt, M.J. & Neill, S.R.St. J. & Barnes, A. (2007). The use of ICT in the assessment of modern languages: the English context <strong>and</strong><br />
European viewpoints. Educational Review 59/2, pp. 195-213.<br />
• Norris, John Michael (2008). Validity evaluation in language assessment. Frankfurt am Main etc: Lang.<br />
• The International Language Testing Association (ILTA) 2002 Web Site. .<br />
• Two sites, the first of which gives examples of many tests of English <strong>and</strong> the second of which<br />
describes the DIALANG project in Europe .<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Essay on the theory of<br />
assessment or analysis of a test<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 4000 100% Yes n/a<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
76
TPB2011-025<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
77
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Syllabus Design in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc6<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
78
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />
The rationale for this option module is to consider the importance of syllabus design in the language learning process <strong>and</strong> its<br />
influence on the content <strong>and</strong> desired outcomes of the language learning course. In order to provide a background to its<br />
development, the history of syllabus design in language learning will be considered <strong>and</strong> recent approaches <strong>and</strong> rationales to<br />
syllabus design will be analysed.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />
teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:43:40 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
79
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Syllabus Design in Language Teaching<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc6<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The module will describe <strong>and</strong> analyse the theoretical development <strong>and</strong> principles of syllabus design in language learning <strong>and</strong> its<br />
history. It will also analyse <strong>and</strong> assess different types of syllabi in use in today's language learning classrooms. The role played by<br />
the Common European Framework of Reference in influencing modern syllabus design will also be considered. The module will<br />
evaluate examples of different syllabus types in terms of their suitability <strong>and</strong> ease of use in a number of language learning<br />
situations <strong>and</strong> will engage students in writing their own syllabi.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module aims to develop in students an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the historical <strong>and</strong> theoretical development of syllabus design <strong>and</strong><br />
of the ways in which syllabus design has responded to different theories of effective teaching <strong>and</strong> learning. It aims to assess the<br />
practicality of different syllabus types in terms of delivering effective language courses <strong>and</strong> will provide students with the tools<br />
with which to effectively assess the strengths, weaknesses <strong>and</strong> suitability of a range of syllabus types.<br />
80
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Students will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> historical development of various types of<br />
language learning syllabus.<br />
Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques involved in the construction of language<br />
learning syllabi as a result of their own research into the area.<br />
Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />
the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the analysis of levels of appropriacy <strong>and</strong> validity of syllabus<br />
documents.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for<br />
purpose of different approaches to syllabus design.<br />
Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems related to the<br />
discipline, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at the required level relating to the analysis <strong>and</strong><br />
development of syllabus documents.<br />
Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />
skills related to the topic of syllabus design.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />
responsibility in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong><br />
unpredictable situations in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />
for continuing professional development in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• White, R.V. (1988). The ELT Curriculum: Design, Innovation <strong>and</strong> Management. Oxford: Oxford University Press.<br />
• Yalden, J. (1987). Principles of Course Design for Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Brumfit, C.J. (ed.) (1984). General English Syllabus Design, ELY Documents No. 118. London: Pergamon Press & The British<br />
<strong>Council</strong>.<br />
• Nunan, D. (1988). Syllabus Design. Oxford: Oxford University Press.<br />
• <strong>Council</strong> of Europe (ed.) (2002). Common European Framework of reference for languages : learning, teaching, assessment . Case<br />
81
TPB2011-025<br />
studies.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
1. Essay analysing the effect of<br />
the CEFR or other frameworks on<br />
modern syllabus design<br />
2. Design <strong>and</strong> present a syllabus<br />
for a language course.<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 3000 60% Yes n/a<br />
Coursework N/A 40% No n/a<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
82
TPB2011-025<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Essay analysing the effect of the CEFR or other<br />
frameworks on modern syllabus design<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Coursework 4000<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
83
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Analysis <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc7<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
Q110 Applied Linguistics<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
84
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Option module for MA in Language Teaching<br />
Research in language pedagogy has demonstrated that speaking is a serious stumbling block for learners. While good receptive<br />
skills, listening in particular, seem to develop fairly quickly, it often takes a long time for a learner to produce a conversation in the<br />
target language accurately <strong>and</strong> appropriately. Equally, teaching spoken language poses a challenge for language teachers, as it is<br />
difficult to create or re-create authentic conversations in the language classroom. Often the spoken language they teach is far<br />
removed from what a learner would encounter in the context of the target country (lack of authentic input).<br />
The purpose of this module is to introduce students to strategies <strong>and</strong> techniques of teaching spoken language. The module will<br />
be divided into two parts. In the first part, students will be familiarised with the concept of Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis<br />
<strong>and</strong> will be examining a range of authentic conversations in order to underst<strong>and</strong> the complexity <strong>and</strong> a range of features<br />
distinctive for spoken language. Finally, students will be analysing spoken conversations produced by learners in order to identify<br />
linguistic problems occurring when producing speech in the target language. The second part will focus on strategies to<br />
teaching spoken language. By drawing on the recent research in second language processing <strong>and</strong> on successful teaching<br />
approaches, students will be assessing the different ways of how to make the task of speaking easier <strong>and</strong> approachable for<br />
students. Issues to be discussed will include: motivation, fear <strong>and</strong> speaking in the target language, task-based teaching, using<br />
spoken input to teach grammar <strong>and</strong> error corrections. Finally, students will be introduced to methods of assessment of spoken<br />
output produced by learners.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Teaching staff (Dr Sylvia Jaworska)<br />
Language Laboratory (computer, recording facilities)<br />
Updated library resources (see bibliography below)<br />
VLE<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:46:16 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
85
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Analysis <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc7<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Sylvia Jaworska<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The purpose of this module is to introduce students to techniques <strong>and</strong> strategies of teaching spoken language. By drawing on<br />
Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis, students will be first familiarised with the complexity of spoken language <strong>and</strong> examine its<br />
typical features. Subsequently, students will be introduced to a range of approaches to teaching spoken language. The focus will<br />
be on aspects such: motivation <strong>and</strong> speaking, task-based teaching, using spoken input to teach grammar, error corrections <strong>and</strong><br />
assessment of spoken output.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
1) to introduce students to strategies <strong>and</strong> techniques used to teach spoken language,<br />
2) to enable students to apply the knowledge to develop their own teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials,<br />
3) to enhance students critical <strong>and</strong> analytical skills by evaluating <strong>and</strong> comparing different methods of teaching <strong>and</strong> assessing<br />
spoken output,<br />
4) to familiarise students with the methods of Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis,<br />
5) to help students underst<strong>and</strong> the process of how learners acquire spoken skills in the target language <strong>and</strong> the problems they<br />
encounter,<br />
6) to foster students' research capacity <strong>and</strong> communication skills by completing small research tasks in teams.<br />
86
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Knowledge of methods <strong>and</strong> approaches used to teach spoken language<br />
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of analytical research tools (qualitative methods) used to examine spoken language<br />
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of principles underlying spoken communication <strong>and</strong> problems that learners encounter when they<br />
acquire spoken skills<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
apply the knowledge gained to design of tasks to support authentic communication in the language classroom<br />
reflect <strong>and</strong> critically assess a range of methods <strong>and</strong> approaches used to teach spoken language<br />
use qualitative research methods competently <strong>and</strong> interpret information effectively<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
enhance autonomy <strong>and</strong> problem solving strategies<br />
develop better communication <strong>and</strong> analytical skills (completing smaller research tasks in teams)<br />
work individually <strong>and</strong> in collaboration with others<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Brown, G. & Yule, G. 1983. Teaching the Spoken Language. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Brown, G. & Yule, G. 2003. Discourse Analysis. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Bygate, M. 1987. Speaking. Oxford, Oxford University Press.<br />
• Cameron, D. 2006. Working with spoken discourse. London, Sage.<br />
• Carter, R. & M. McCarthy. 1997. Exploring Spoken English. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Celce-Murcia, M. & Olshtain, E. 2000. Discourse <strong>and</strong> Context in Language Teaching: A Guide for Language Teachers. Cambridge,<br />
Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Field, J. 2008. Listening in the Language Classroom. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• McCarthy, M. 1991. Discourse Analysis for Language Teachers. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Paltridge, B. 2006. Discourse analysis: an introduction. London, Continuum.<br />
87
TPB2011-025<br />
• Thornbury, S. & Slade, D. Conversation. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Tsui, A.B.M. 1994. English Conversation. Oxford, Oxford University Press.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
lectures with elements of seminar (group discussions, group work)<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
spent on readings, class preparation, individual research tasks,<br />
group work, individual work in the language lab<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Portfolio Coursework 4000 words 100% Yes<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
88
TPB2011-025<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
89
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Pedagogy<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc8<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
Q110 Applied Linguistics<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
90
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Option module for the MA in Language Teaching<br />
Although Corpus Linguistics (CL) is a new field within the discipline of Linguistics - it developed in the late 1970s - it has had an<br />
immense impact on language studies since. Corpus-based studies have offered much more precise, systematic <strong>and</strong> reliable<br />
insights into language structures at any level including phonology, morphology, syntax <strong>and</strong> discourse, <strong>and</strong> in a variety of<br />
registers <strong>and</strong> settings. CL has also revolutionised the teaching <strong>and</strong> learning of English - most of English learning materials <strong>and</strong><br />
dictionaries published by prominent international publishers are now based on insights from corpora. It has also contributed to<br />
the development of new corpus-based teaching <strong>and</strong> learning approaches.<br />
The aim of the proposed module is to introduce students to this new <strong>and</strong> innovative field of linguistic enquiry. The module<br />
should consist of three parts: Theory, Practice <strong>and</strong> Pedagogical Application. The first part of the module will focus on the<br />
theoretical aspects underlying CL, particularly on the question of how CL differs from other methods of linguistic enquiry.<br />
Students will be familiarised with the key principles as well as theoretical constructs developed within CL such as idiom principle,<br />
semantic prosody, lexico-grammar <strong>and</strong> pattern grammar. In the second part, students will be introduced to some of the most<br />
widely used software <strong>and</strong> electronic corpora. This will enable them to get a h<strong>and</strong>s-on experience in creating, annotating,<br />
analysing <strong>and</strong> summarising corpus-data for teaching <strong>and</strong> learning purposes. The third part - Pedagogical Application - will<br />
introduce students to the ways of how CL can be applied to the design of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials. Students will be<br />
showed how to use corpus resources to teach basic <strong>and</strong> advanced vocabulary <strong>and</strong> will be exploring corpus resources for the<br />
purpose of teaching grammar. They will also be introduced to the application of CL in research on language acquisition. Through<br />
a range of exercises <strong>and</strong> small research tasks to be completed individually <strong>and</strong> in teams, students will be able to directly apply CL<br />
tools <strong>and</strong> principles to develop teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials for various purposes (vocabulary, grammar, spoken language). In<br />
so doing, this module will offer an in-depth underst<strong>and</strong>ing of CL as applied to a range of pedagogical contexts <strong>and</strong> for individual<br />
research purposes.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Teaching staff (Dr Sylvia Jaworska)<br />
Language Laboratory,<br />
Software: WordSmith Tools, Sketch Engine, British National Corpus<br />
Updated library resources (see bibliography below)<br />
VLE<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:48:10 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
91
TPB2011-025<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
92
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Pedagogy<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc8<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Sylvia Jaworska<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This module will introduce you to the field of Corpus Linguistics (CL) <strong>and</strong> its pedagogical applications. In the first part you will be<br />
introduced to the theoretical principles of CL such as idiom principle, semantic prosody <strong>and</strong> pattern grammar. You will also gain<br />
h<strong>and</strong>s-on experience in using software <strong>and</strong> electronic corpora, <strong>and</strong> in analyzing corpus-data. In the second part, the module will<br />
demonstrate the ways in which CL can be applied to the design of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials (vocabulary, grammar <strong>and</strong><br />
spoken language). You will also be introduced to the application of CL in research on language acquisition.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
1) to introduce students to a new method of linguistic inquiry,<br />
2) to enable students to apply the new method to develop teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials for different purposes (teaching<br />
vocabulary, grammar, spoken language),<br />
3) to enhance students critical <strong>and</strong> analytical skills by evaluating <strong>and</strong> comparing CL with other methods of linguistic inquiry,<br />
4) to critically evaluate a range of electronic corpora,<br />
5) to define queries in a precise manner to extract data from a corpus for pedagogical purposes,<br />
6) to underst<strong>and</strong> the process of building corpora <strong>and</strong> analysing research data produced by corpora searches,<br />
7) to produce <strong>and</strong> discuss corpus-based research data in a concise <strong>and</strong> coherent manner, <strong>and</strong> in so doing to enhance their<br />
research <strong>and</strong> communication skills,<br />
8) to foster their research capacity by completing small research tasks in teams,<br />
9) to use computer technology competently <strong>and</strong> effectively as a tool in linguistic research.<br />
93
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Corpus Linguistics, its principles, tools, strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses as a method of linguistic inquiry<br />
Applications of CL to teaching <strong>and</strong> learning foreign languages<br />
Computer technology as a tool in pedagogical research<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
apply a new methodological tool in a variety of pedagogical contexts<br />
reflect <strong>and</strong> critically assess a range of methodological tools <strong>and</strong> methods (statistical analysis)<br />
develop a better capacity to communicate research findings effectively<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
enhance autonomy <strong>and</strong> problem solving strategies<br />
use communication technologies competently <strong>and</strong> interpret information effectively<br />
work individually <strong>and</strong> in collaboration with others<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Altenberg B. & Granger S. (2001). The grammatical <strong>and</strong> lexical patterning of 'make' in native <strong>and</strong> non-native student writing. In:<br />
Applied Linguistics 22(2): 173–194.<br />
• Biber, D. (1988). Variation across speech <strong>and</strong> writing. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Biber, D. Conrad, S. & Reppen, R. (1998). Corpus Linguistics: Investigating Language Structure <strong>and</strong> Use. Cambridge, Cambridge<br />
University Press.<br />
• Erman, B. & Warren, B. (2000). The idiom principle <strong>and</strong> the open choice principle . In: Text 20 (1): 29–62.<br />
• Granger S. (1998). Prefabricated patterns in advanced EFL writing: collocations <strong>and</strong> formulae. In: Cowie A. (ed.) Phraseology:<br />
theory, analysis <strong>and</strong> applications. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 145–160.<br />
• Hunston, S. (2002). Pattern grammar, language teaching, <strong>and</strong> linguistic variation: applications of a corpus-driven grammar. In: •<br />
Reppen, R., Biber, D. & Fitzmaurice, S. (eds.). Using Corpora to Explore Linguistic Variation. Benjamins, Amsterdam: 167–183.<br />
94
TPB2011-025<br />
• McEnery, T. & Wilson, A. (1996) Corpus Linguistics. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.<br />
• O’Keeffe, A. & McCarthy, M. 2010. The Routledge H<strong>and</strong>book of Corpus Linguistics. New York, Routledge.<br />
• O’Keeffe, A., McCarthy, M. & Carter, R. 2007. From Corpus to Classroom. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />
• Sinclair, J. (1991): Corpus, Concordance, Collocation. Oxford University Press, Oxford.<br />
• Stubbs, M. (2001). Words <strong>and</strong> Phrases: Corpus Studies of Lexical Semantics. Oxford, Blackwell.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />
lectures with elements of seminar (group discussions, group work)<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />
spent on readings, class preparation, individual research tasks,<br />
group work, individual work in the language lab<br />
Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />
total 278h<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Portfolio Coursework 4000 words 100% Yes<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
95
TPB2011-025<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Coursework<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
96
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc9<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code<br />
X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
Responsible School<br />
School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 15 6 30<br />
2013/14 20 6 30<br />
2014/15 25 6 30<br />
97
TPB2011-025<br />
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />
The rationale for this option module is to enable students to study the field of language learning strategies through analysis of<br />
their own language learning strategies during a taught course in a language that is not their own. This will provide them with the<br />
opportunity to engage in further research using their own experience alongside a more theoretical approach provided by<br />
literature <strong>and</strong> discussion in the field.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />
teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
N/A<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Ruediger<br />
Goerner<br />
Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />
DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />
<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />
Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />
email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.12 10:53:50 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
98
TPB2011-025<br />
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers<br />
Module Code LLU7tbc9<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1 & 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
N/A N/A N/A<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The module will be in the form of a course of a minimum of 22 taught language lessons, each of a minimum of two hours in a<br />
target language of which the student is not a native speaker. During the course students will analyse their own approach to<br />
language learning <strong>and</strong> identify their learning strategies through the medium of a diary <strong>and</strong> further informed by their own<br />
reading of key literature on the subject. Students will analyse their learning strategies in the context of their background reading<br />
<strong>and</strong> also assess ways in which teaching <strong>and</strong> learning styles can best complement each other.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module aims to develop students' awareness of language learning strategies through analysis of their own strategies during<br />
a taught language course in which they reflect on their learning by means of a diary. The aim is also to equip students with an<br />
appreciation of different learning strategies which may be adopted by learners through researching the relevant literature <strong>and</strong> in<br />
so doing, consider how teachers <strong>and</strong> course designers can adapt their teaching programmes to cater for a range of learning<br />
styles <strong>and</strong> strategies.<br />
99
TPB2011-025<br />
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Students will develop an ability to analyse their own approach to language learning strategies by using their own<br />
experience.<br />
Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the variety of approaches, strategies <strong>and</strong> styles adopted by<br />
learners when studying a language through a review of relevant literature.<br />
Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />
the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the analysis of identified approaches to <strong>and</strong> strategies for<br />
language learning.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to different learning styles <strong>and</strong> strategies<br />
in the context of analysis of their own learning strategies.<br />
Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in identifying aspects of their own learning<br />
strategies alongside other described strategies. They will be able to act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing<br />
research at the required level relating to the analysis of different learning strategies.<br />
Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />
skills related to the topic of language learning strategies.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />
responsibility in the area of identifying <strong>and</strong> assessing the appropriacy of their own language learning strategies <strong>and</strong><br />
those of others.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in terms of adapting<br />
language learning materials <strong>and</strong> approaches to accommodate a range of language learning strategies.<br />
Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />
for professional development in the field of describing language learning strategies <strong>and</strong> of adapting approaches to<br />
teaching which accommodate a range of such strategies.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
• Oxford, R.L. (2011) Teaching <strong>and</strong> Researching: Language Learning Strategies. Longman<br />
• Wenden, A. & Rubin J. (1987), Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.<br />
• O'Malley, J.M. & Chamot (1990). A.U. Learning Strategies in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />
Press.<br />
• Oxford, R. (1990). Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. New York: Newbury House.<br />
100
TPB2011-025<br />
• Griffiths, C. & Parr, J.M. (2001). "Language-learning strategies: theory <strong>and</strong> perception". ELT Journal 55/3, pp. 247-254.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
11 teaching weeks per semester, 1h classes per week (in addition to<br />
practical language classes) = total 22h<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
11 language learning classes per week per semester,<br />
2h classes per week = 44h<br />
plus 9h per week during the 22 weeks teaching time = 198h<br />
Plus 2x 18h in Reading week = 36h<br />
Total = 278h<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
1. An essay on the theme of<br />
learning strategies including<br />
aspects of the student's own<br />
learning experience.<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 2500 words 40% Yes n/a<br />
2. An assessment of the student<br />
diary/portfolio<br />
3. Presentation on ways of<br />
exploiting materials which<br />
considers the needs of different<br />
learners<br />
Coursework N/A 40% No n/a<br />
Coursework N/A 20% No n/a<br />
101
TPB2011-025<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
An essay on the theme of learning strategies including<br />
aspects of the student's own learning experience.<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Coursework 4000<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
102
TPB2011-026<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
Nature of proposal(s)<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Title of Proposal(s)<br />
being considered<br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal(s)<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
BSc (Intercalated) Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care <strong>and</strong><br />
10 associated module proposals:<br />
• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
• Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />
• Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health<br />
• Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />
• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />
• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />
• Migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />
• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />
• Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />
• Dissertation<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />
accompanying documentation.<br />
Potential issues<br />
identified <strong>and</strong><br />
comments on the<br />
proposal(s) from<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Due to the need to meet the timetable for recruitment to<br />
intercalated programmes for September 2012, the Part 1<br />
Programme Proposal was developed in parallel with this Part<br />
2 submission <strong>and</strong> has been approved by the Faculty Vice-<br />
Principal.<br />
The report from the external adviser <strong>and</strong> the programme<br />
team’s response are due to follow, along with one outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
module proposal for Migration <strong>and</strong> Health.<br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal <strong>and</strong> Programme Specification<br />
This intercalated BSc programme is being developed<br />
alongside three new MSc programmes in this field. It is<br />
proposed that some content <strong>and</strong> delivery will be shared with<br />
the MScs that are also due to start in September.<br />
Differentiation in the academic levels of the modules will be<br />
achieved through the intended learning outcomes <strong>and</strong><br />
assessment methods. TPB may wish to seek further<br />
information on how the different outcomes will be assured.<br />
The Board will need be mindful of this when the Part 2<br />
proposals for the MSc programmes are submitted for scrutiny<br />
103
TPB2011-026<br />
at the February meeting.<br />
Module Proposals:<br />
TPB may wish to consider whether some of the learning<br />
outcomes in the following modules could be enhanced to<br />
reflect level 6 achievements:<br />
• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />
• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />
104
Taught Programmes Board<br />
Part 2 Programme Proposal Form<br />
All sections must be completed in full <strong>and</strong> supplementary information attached where requested. Part 2<br />
proposals should be appended to the Programme Specification <strong>and</strong> submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> who<br />
will arrange for the consideration of the proposal at Taught Programmes Board.<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Summary Information<br />
Proposed Programme Title Global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Programme Code<br />
Programme Qualification<br />
Mode of study<br />
Programme<br />
Duration<br />
Bachelor of Science Intercalated Full Time 1 <strong>Academic</strong> Year<br />
Proposed Start Date September 2012<br />
Programme Organiser Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
Does this programme contain a foundation year or any pre-sessional activity?<br />
1) Programme Management<br />
Describe the arrangements for the operational management of the programme <strong>and</strong> the quality assurance<br />
mechanisms that will be put in place. Consideration should be given to student representatives <strong>and</strong> hearing<br />
student views.<br />
Complete either section a) for programmes delivered by one School/Institute or section b) for programmes<br />
delivered by more than one School/Institute.<br />
a) Single School/Institute Delivery<br />
This degree is being run alongside the three new MSc programmes in international health (MSc International Primary Health<br />
Care, MSc Global Public Health & Policy, MSc Health Systems & Global Policy). The intercalating BSc students will study alongside<br />
MSc students, attending the same lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars <strong>and</strong> receiving similar reading lists. The curriculum development group<br />
is fully aware of concerns about the problems that may be associated with shared undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate teaching<br />
<strong>and</strong> is actively addressing them. Intercalating students will receive different explanatory notes for the set texts <strong>and</strong> will be<br />
assessed differently (at SEEC level 6 rather than level 7) against different learning outcomes. In recognition of their needs, there<br />
will be teaching sessions specifically for them, including introductory sessions, <strong>and</strong> they will have their own academic adviser.<br />
The team running the programme has experience of running an intercalated BSc degree alongside MSc teaching, <strong>and</strong> has found<br />
it to be popular <strong>and</strong> successful for both undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate students. Student evaluations of previous courses at<br />
the University of Edinburgh highlighted the many <strong>and</strong> varied benefits to students at both levels from attending discussions with<br />
those outside their year group <strong>and</strong> from different professional backgrounds.<br />
In addition, the Centre for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health has extensive experience of intercalated teaching, having successfully<br />
run the BMedSci Health Sciences for nine years, <strong>and</strong> its staff include very experienced teachers <strong>and</strong> mentors of medical<br />
undergraduates, who will continue to provide teaching, academic guidance, <strong>and</strong> student pastoral support.<br />
N/A<br />
105
Taught Programmes Board<br />
The Centre for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health will establish a Programme Management Board, chaired by Prof Trish Greenhalgh,<br />
to oversee the governance of programme <strong>and</strong> module development <strong>and</strong> delivery for the BSc <strong>and</strong> MScs. The Centre has already<br />
established an Education Strategy Group for wider strategic issues concerning undergraduate, postgraduate, <strong>and</strong> professional<br />
development education, chaired by Prof Allyson Pollock.<br />
At an operational level, there are weekly meetings of a curriculum development group for those involved in teaching to discuss<br />
programme <strong>and</strong> module development, so that learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> objectives, teaching methods, curriculum content,<br />
research methods, h<strong>and</strong>outs, h<strong>and</strong>books, <strong>and</strong> other matters are taken forward. A draft set of quality assurance guidance has<br />
been produced, <strong>and</strong> a postgraduate administrator has been appointed with experience <strong>and</strong> knowledge of QMUL regulations<br />
<strong>and</strong> quality assurance processes.<br />
The curriculum development group is addressing the following issues on both MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc programmes (these will feed into<br />
programme <strong>and</strong> module development guidance to be formally signed off by the Programme Management Board):<br />
1 Underpinning educational principles / teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategy<br />
2 Module development<br />
3 Programme practicalities<br />
4 Staff <strong>and</strong> resources<br />
5 Student recruitment<br />
6 Student communications <strong>and</strong> pastoral care<br />
Taking each of these issues, the following are some aspects that have been addressed at this early stage:<br />
1 Underpinning educational principles / teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategy<br />
a A focus on supporting learning rather than delivering teaching<br />
b Knowing the learners, including their backgrounds, needs, priorities, learning styles <strong>and</strong> any practical or cultural barriers to<br />
effective learning<br />
c Encourage deep rather than superficial or strategic learning<br />
2 Module development. For each module in development, a structured checklist of questions is applied, comprising:<br />
a How do the modules incorporate <strong>and</strong> reflect the programme aims?<br />
b Are the learning outcomes aligned with the programme, QAA <strong>and</strong> SEEC descriptors, <strong>and</strong> QMUL’s own guidance?<br />
c Are course materials (eg, reading lists <strong>and</strong> supporting study notes) produced in a consistent house style?<br />
d Is there consistency in the format of contact hours (generally one 1-hour lecture <strong>and</strong> one 2-hour seminar per week) or is<br />
deviation from this justified on pedagogical grounds?<br />
e How is the module assessed <strong>and</strong> do(es) the assessment(s) address all the key learning objectives?<br />
f Are all the above questions also addressed satisfactorily for the e-learning component?<br />
3 Programme practicalities. A number of operational aspects of the developing courses are addressed as rolling agenda items by<br />
the curriculum development group, including:<br />
a Marking schemes <strong>and</strong> turnaround times on summative assessment<br />
b Development <strong>and</strong> use of formative assessments<br />
c A system of internal peer review <strong>and</strong> quality control to be applied to all modules in development<br />
d Moderation of marking<br />
e Involvement of external examiners<br />
f Monitoring student progress (eg, via termly progress meetings) <strong>and</strong> incorporating student feedback into course development<br />
g Timetabling, including alignment of BSc / MSc programmes<br />
4 Staff <strong>and</strong> resources<br />
a Staff teaching load <strong>and</strong> balance with research load<br />
b Input from Centre staff other than key team<br />
c Appropriate selection <strong>and</strong> use of “guest lecturers”<br />
d Role of academic tutors, in particular in dealing with problems <strong>and</strong> in advising on <strong>and</strong> enabling progression<br />
5 Student recruitment<br />
a Integration of this new course into the established intercalated BSc system<br />
b Allocation of places to, <strong>and</strong> recruitment <strong>and</strong> selection of, external students<br />
106
Taught Programmes Board<br />
6 Student support <strong>and</strong> communications<br />
a BSc students’ own separate feedback sessions – one in each semester (with overview at end of second semester)<br />
b Dealing with complaints <strong>and</strong> other problems<br />
b BSc student input into Student Staff Liaison Committee (eg, through elected representative)<br />
c Evaluation forms for each module<br />
d Regular meetings with academic tutors<br />
e Dedicated academic member of staff for BSc students<br />
7 Communication among staff<br />
a Core staff to meet at least fortnightly once programme has commenced<br />
b Documents relating to module <strong>and</strong> programme development, quality assurance, academic regulations, <strong>and</strong> other related<br />
matters are kept in a folder with shared access<br />
c All committee meetings to have agendas <strong>and</strong> minutes. The Education Strategy Group reports to the Centre Strategy Group.<br />
The chairs of this group, Centre leads Prof S<strong>and</strong>ra Eldridge <strong>and</strong> Prof Chris Griffiths report in turn to the director of the Blizard<br />
Institute.<br />
It is not planned that the programmes will require any digression from st<strong>and</strong>ard QMUL Assessment Regulations <strong>and</strong> associated<br />
Progression <strong>and</strong> Award Regulations.<br />
b) Joint School/Institute Delivery (Joint Working Statement)<br />
For programmes that are delivered jointly between more than one School/Institute or for programmes that<br />
utilise modules from other Schools/Institutes in an interdisciplinary capacity, a joint working statement should<br />
be provided. This should identify the respective responsibilities of each School/Institute with regards to<br />
programme management, quality assurance, <strong>and</strong> student support.<br />
N/A<br />
2) Plagiarism Detection<br />
Consideration should be given to the use of plagiarism detection software e.g. turnitin, for programmes with a<br />
significant proportion of written assessed work. Provide information about how this will be managed for the<br />
programme.<br />
All written assignments are to be submitted electronically by the student for entry into plagiarism detection software (expected<br />
to be turnitin). Staff will also be expected to be aware of plagiarism when marking. It should be noted that students will be<br />
invited to submit a non-assessed essay at the programme for substantial feedback on assignment writing. This will include<br />
showing them their turnitin score <strong>and</strong> how it was arrived at.<br />
3) <strong>Academic</strong> Staffing for the Programme (Non-<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Staff)<br />
List any academic staff that are not employed or managed by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will be involved in the teaching<br />
or assessment of the programme.<br />
N/A<br />
4) Distance Learning Programmes (if applicable)<br />
If the programme is distance learning, please specify how student-related data will be provided to the Student<br />
Administration Office. The mechanisms for the enrolment <strong>and</strong> assessment of distance learning students<br />
should also be described in detail.<br />
N/A<br />
107
Taught Programmes Board<br />
5) Subject Examination Board Details<br />
Specify the name of the Subject Examination Board (SEB), which will oversee the assessment processes that<br />
operate for the programme(s) <strong>and</strong> modules clarify whether this is a new or existing SEB. For further<br />
information please contact Simon Hayter.<br />
School<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
6) External Adviser Comments<br />
Detailed comments from at least one external adviser - submissions must be supported by external specialist<br />
opinion, e.g. from a representative of a professional organisation, or a senior academic in another institution.<br />
The external adviser should be able to comment in sufficient detail on the appropriateness <strong>and</strong> viability of the<br />
proposed programme (s). For further guidance regarding the selection criteria, role <strong>and</strong> expectations of<br />
External Advisers please refer to the External Adviser Guidelines.<br />
To follow<br />
Name & Title of External Adviser<br />
Current Post & Institution / Organisation<br />
Prof Rosalind Raine<br />
Chair of Health Sciences Research, UCL<br />
Address for Correspondence (<strong>and</strong> email) r.raine@ucl.ac.uk<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Public Health, 1-19 Torrington Place, London. WC1H 7HB<br />
7) Response to External Adviser Comments<br />
This should include a full response to the comments provided by the External Adviser. Each point / issue<br />
raised by the External Adviser that requires further consideration should be addressed in detail in this<br />
response.<br />
To follow<br />
108
Taught Programmes Board<br />
The following documents must accompany the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />
Proposals that are not accompanied by the necessary documentation will not be<br />
considered by Taught Programmes Board.<br />
> Has a Programme Specification been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />
> Have module proposal forms for each new module been submitted with the Part 2? No<br />
> Is there evidence of support from at least one external adviser? No<br />
> Have the <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations (including progression, if not within the modular<br />
regulation structure) been clearly documented <strong>and</strong>/or appended?<br />
N/A<br />
Collaborative provision: programmes that are offered in partnership with an<br />
external organisation should usually have the following documents appended to<br />
the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />
> Has a draft Memor<strong>and</strong>um of Agreement been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part<br />
2?<br />
N/A<br />
> Has supplementary information on the management of the partnership been submitted<br />
with the Part 2?<br />
N/A<br />
> Have any special regulations been submitted with the Part 2 (where relevant)? N/A<br />
Approval of Part 2 Programme Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
109
Taught Programmes Board<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 13:02:45 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Chair of Taught Programmes<br />
Board<br />
110
UCL DEPARTMENT OF EPIDEMIOLOGY<br />
AND PUBLIC HEALTH<br />
UCL CENTRE OF APPLIED HEALTH RESEARCH<br />
TPB2011-026 a<br />
23 January 2012<br />
Dear James<br />
Thank you for inviting me to review the BSc Global Public Health & Primary Care.<br />
This cutting edge, thoroughly thought through Programme is clearly informed by relevant<br />
external reviews <strong>and</strong> guidelines <strong>and</strong> has been designed by a highly experienced team. The<br />
dem<strong>and</strong> for the BSc is demonstrated. Governance <strong>and</strong> quality assurance issues have been<br />
addressed. The curriculum is clearly <strong>and</strong> well designed <strong>and</strong> relevant. However, career<br />
education does not appear to be included (which is one of the criteria suggested in the<br />
external adviser guidelines) <strong>and</strong> I would not be surprised if such a stimulating BSc does not<br />
awaken some students to the possibility of careers in the field. I therefore wonder if some<br />
thought could be given to the establishment of relationships with appropriate international<br />
organisations. Furthermore, whilst work based learning occurs with respect to UK based<br />
primary care (elsewhere in the MBBS curriculum), could some thought be given to identifying<br />
<strong>and</strong> establishing links with global initiatives which may provide medical electives for students<br />
wishing to build upon their learning in this BSc?<br />
Programme structure is appropriate <strong>and</strong> the needs of disabled students have been thought<br />
through.<br />
The BSc includes an appropriate <strong>and</strong> diverse range of modules which will prepare students<br />
for public health <strong>and</strong> primary care challenges across a range of contexts <strong>and</strong> countries <strong>and</strong><br />
introduce them to relevant research methods.<br />
With respect to the epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics module: the content is appropriate <strong>and</strong> the<br />
link to policy debates is innovative. However I am not clear about the rationale for including<br />
qualitative research evidence appraisal here rather than in the ‘research appraisal <strong>and</strong><br />
synthesis’ module. It may be because this latter module is elective <strong>and</strong> the organisers wish<br />
every student to be introduced to qualitative research designs. If this is the case, I wonder if<br />
the qualitative component would more appropriately sit in the core module ‘health illness <strong>and</strong><br />
society’.<br />
With respect to the social determinants module: it is encouraging to see that a critical<br />
perspective will be taken. I hope that this will include the opportunity for students to explore<br />
both the Marmot/ Wilkinson arguments <strong>and</strong> the critiques to their approaches. To ensure this, I<br />
suggest that critiques of the Marmot/ Wilkinson approach are included in the reading list.<br />
Reference to the UCL Institute of Health Equity website may be helpful to allow students to<br />
see how the WHO Commission’s recommendations are being implemented locally <strong>and</strong><br />
internationally.<br />
With respect to the ethics module- if within the organiser’s field of expertise, it might be<br />
interesting to include discussion of ethical approaches to health care resource allocation.<br />
UCL Department of Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Public Health<br />
University College London 1-19 Torrington Place London WC1E 6BT<br />
Tel: +44 (0)20 7679 1713 Fax: +44 (0)20 7813 0280<br />
r.raine@ucl.ac.uk<br />
www.ucl.ac.uk/Epidemiology
TPB2011-026 a<br />
Finally, with respect to the dissertation, would it be appropriate to encourage the tutors to<br />
support their tutees in following through the highest quality dissertations to peer reviewed<br />
publication?<br />
I hope you find these comments helpful.<br />
Yours sincerely<br />
Rosalind Raine<br />
Professor of Health Care Evaluation<br />
Director of UCL Centre of Applied Health Research
TPB2011-026 a<br />
Response to external adviser’s comments<br />
BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
We are very grateful to Prof Raine for her comments. To respond to them one by one:<br />
1 Careers education <strong>and</strong> the establishment of relationships with international organisations<br />
We would be delighted if the programmes did indeed stimulate students’ interest to work in<br />
this area, although we feel that many students will already be moving in this direction. As part<br />
of our development of the MSc programmes <strong>and</strong> as part of the strengthening of global health<br />
in the medical curriculum we are building up links with a number of organisations around the<br />
world. Just to give just one example, during the global health week during a videoconference<br />
the College of Health Sciences at Makerere University in Ug<strong>and</strong>a offered places to Barts<br />
students for electives.<br />
We are also in the process of building teaching links with leading educationalists in global<br />
health from, for instance, the University of Ghent, Antwerp University, <strong>and</strong> the Swiss Tropical<br />
Institute. Prof Pollock is unable to attend the Taught Programmes Board as she is in India<br />
where she will, among other things, explore teaching collaborations.<br />
2 Qualitative research methods in the Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Statistics module<br />
This is a typographical error <strong>and</strong> will be amended accordingly. The module deals with<br />
quantitative research methods, while qualitative methods are covered in other modules but<br />
especially in Health, Illness <strong>and</strong> Society, led by Prof Clive Seale.<br />
3 Critical perspective in addressing the social determinants of health<br />
We are committed to encouraging students to explore new ideas as well as underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />
challenge orthodoxies. Social determinants are an important issue in our programme <strong>and</strong> we<br />
would expect students to build up a deep underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the science <strong>and</strong> the debates. We<br />
welcome Prof Raine’s suggestion for reading material.<br />
4 Ethics <strong>and</strong> health care resource allocation<br />
We are grateful for this suggestion. The module organiser had intended to cover it under the<br />
heading “the discourse on distributive justice”, but it can of course be addressed more<br />
explicitly, <strong>and</strong> we will consider this over the coming months during the curriculum<br />
development process.<br />
5 Dissertations leading to peer‐reviewed publication<br />
We have every intention of encouraging <strong>and</strong> supporting our dissertation students to peerreviewed<br />
publication. We both have experience of this, <strong>and</strong> of the continuing research<br />
collaboration <strong>and</strong> development of research teams that ensues.<br />
Prof Trish Greenhalgh<br />
Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
23 January 2012
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Programme Specification<br />
Awarding Body/Institution<br />
Teaching Institution<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title Bachelor of Science Intercalated, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Name of Interim Award(s)<br />
Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />
N/A<br />
One year<br />
QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />
QAA Benchmark Group<br />
Medicine<br />
FHEQ Level of Award Level 6<br />
Programme Accredited by<br />
Date Programme Specification Approved<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong> Molecular Science<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />
Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />
N/A<br />
Programme Outline<br />
High quality primary health care <strong>and</strong> public health systems are the cornerstone of an efficient, effective, <strong>and</strong> equitable health<br />
system. Research leaders, educators, <strong>and</strong> policy-makers are integral to this process. What is needed is not just doctors who are<br />
good clinicians <strong>and</strong> scientists but doctors who can work effectively in multi-disciplinary teams <strong>and</strong> across sectors to develop<br />
<strong>and</strong> deliver appropriate community based services in a global context. This new intercalated BSc programme will provide<br />
students with an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the significance of the current global challenges for health care <strong>and</strong> public health <strong>and</strong> will<br />
offer a multidisciplinary focus on global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care against a background of increasing health inequalities.<br />
Aims of the Programme<br />
The programme aims<br />
- to prepare students for the challenges facing public health <strong>and</strong> primary care across a range of contexts <strong>and</strong> in different<br />
countries.<br />
111
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
- to enhance students' underst<strong>and</strong>ing of planning, developing, <strong>and</strong> delivering services<br />
- to develop students' ability to advocate for patients <strong>and</strong> groups <strong>and</strong> address their needs through research <strong>and</strong> clinical practice<br />
- to introduce students to the principles <strong>and</strong> methods of interdisciplinary research<br />
What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />
Intercalating students who successfully complete the programme will return to medicine with a global perspective <strong>and</strong><br />
equipped to work effectively in multi-disciplinary teams on behalf of their patients <strong>and</strong> local populations.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
A 4<br />
A 5<br />
Theories <strong>and</strong> principles of health systems<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
Theories <strong>and</strong> methods of sociological <strong>and</strong> anthropological research<br />
Theories <strong>and</strong> methods underpinning the social determinants of health<br />
Theory <strong>and</strong> practice of primary health care<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
Critically appraise qualitative <strong>and</strong> quantitative evidence underpinning policies <strong>and</strong> interventions in public health <strong>and</strong><br />
primary care<br />
Apply the principles of research <strong>and</strong> scholarship to the practice of medicine at individual <strong>and</strong> population level<br />
Select, apply <strong>and</strong> synthesise theories <strong>and</strong> empirical findings from different disciplines to issues in public health <strong>and</strong><br />
primary care<br />
Plan, organise, undertake <strong>and</strong> present a piece of academic desk research<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
C 4<br />
A global perspective on public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Acceptance of the responsibilities <strong>and</strong> opportunities this provides for medical professionals<br />
Capacity to argue <strong>and</strong> debate effectively <strong>and</strong> constructively<br />
Commitment to professional development <strong>and</strong> lifelong learning<br />
112
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
How Will You Learn?<br />
Each topic will be taught using a range of methods, varying according to the subject <strong>and</strong> learning objectives of the module. All<br />
modules will include lectures, small group tutorials <strong>and</strong> independent study. Most modules will follow a format of structured<br />
preparatory work (reading <strong>and</strong> reflection exercises), a weekly interactive lecture, a two-hour small group seminar <strong>and</strong> topic<br />
discussions by email. Visiting speakers will describe research, clinical or service development work in different countries <strong>and</strong><br />
settings. Some modules will focus on key 'grey literature' reports such as those produced by the World Health Organisation. Data<br />
analysis sessions will include introduction to real datasets such as those from local or national public health observatories.<br />
How Will You Be Assessed?<br />
Different modules will be assessed differently, depending on the learning objectives. Assessment methods will include a<br />
traditional examination (with essays or short answer questions), tutor-marked assignments (typically, a 2000-word structured<br />
essay), presentations, <strong>and</strong> a 5000-word dissertation.<br />
How is the Programme Structured?<br />
Students will take six 15 credit modules <strong>and</strong> a 30 credit dissertation. Some lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars will take place jointly with<br />
postgraduate (MSc) international health students, but BSc students will be given separate assessments (at level 6) <strong>and</strong> have a<br />
separate module tutor.<br />
Students will take five core modules <strong>and</strong> choose a sixth from a menu of four elective modules. In the first semester, students will<br />
focus on developing the key concepts <strong>and</strong> research methods <strong>and</strong> analysis for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the health of populations, the<br />
sociology <strong>and</strong> anthropology of health <strong>and</strong> illness, social determinants of health, health systems, <strong>and</strong> global health policy. In the<br />
second semester, students will take a further core module, an elective module, <strong>and</strong> undertake a dissertation project. Relevant<br />
research methods will be integrated into the teaching for each module so that methods are learned alongside the key topics.<br />
The following modules will be covered in the first semester<br />
• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
• Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />
• Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health<br />
• Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />
The following modules will be covered in the second semester:<br />
• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice (core)<br />
plus one from<br />
• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />
• Migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />
• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />
• Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />
The second semester will also include a desk research project leading to a 5000-word dissertation worth 30 credits.<br />
113
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study<br />
Module Title<br />
Module<br />
Code<br />
Credits<br />
Level<br />
Module<br />
Selection<br />
Status<br />
<strong>Academic</strong><br />
Year of<br />
Study<br />
Semester<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />
determinants of health<br />
15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice 15 6 Core 1 Semester 2<br />
Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Migration <strong>and</strong> health 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary<br />
medical ethics<br />
15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Dissertation 30 6 Core 1 Semesters 1-3<br />
What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />
The programme will be open to post 2nd/3rd/4th year medical <strong>and</strong> to dental students who have passed all years to date on the<br />
MBBS.<br />
Students will submit an application <strong>and</strong> be interviewed, <strong>and</strong> will be selected on the basis on academic ranking <strong>and</strong> interview, in<br />
line with the procedure for all SMD intercalated degrees.<br />
The programmes will be open to similarly qualified external students from other medical schools.<br />
How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />
The Blizard Institute staff-student liaison committee provides a formal means of communication <strong>and</strong> discussion between the staff<br />
<strong>and</strong> its students. It is envisaged that in addition there will be staff-student liaison committee to discuss the international health<br />
MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc programmes, with student representatives chosen by the students themselves, including both MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc<br />
students, <strong>and</strong> a range of staff. Separately, BSc students will have their own feedback sessions, one in each semester (with<br />
overview at end of second semester).<br />
114
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
The Centre is currently establishing a programme management board, <strong>and</strong> this will include a student representative.<br />
For each module, there will be student evaluation forms which will be analysed <strong>and</strong> discussed by staff, <strong>and</strong> which will feed into<br />
module <strong>and</strong> programme development.<br />
Alongside these formal processes, students will have regular meetings with their academic advisor (there will be a dedicated<br />
advisor for the BSc students). Students will be encouraged to raise any concerns at these meetings.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />
The team running the programme has experience of running an intercalated BSc degree alongside MSc teaching, <strong>and</strong> the Centre<br />
for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health has extensive experience of intercalated teaching. Experienced teachers <strong>and</strong> mentors of<br />
medical undergraduates will provide teaching, academic guidance, <strong>and</strong> student pastoral support. BSc students will have their<br />
own academic advisor, <strong>and</strong> will have special teaching sessions specifically for them. These include introductory sessions such as<br />
revision-type sessions covering relevant parts of the medical curriculum already undertaken <strong>and</strong> dissertation guidance.<br />
Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />
N/A<br />
Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />
Where necessary guidance will be followed <strong>and</strong> advice sought from the QM Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />
learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />
postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />
Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />
• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />
• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />
• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />
• Special arrangements in examinations<br />
• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />
• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />
• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />
• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />
• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />
Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />
N/A<br />
115
Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Programme Specification Approval<br />
Person completing Programme Specification<br />
Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
Person responsible for management of programme Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />
by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />
Date Programme Specification approved by<br />
Taught Programmes Board<br />
116
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />
2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />
117
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is a core module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
This module introduces students to key epidemiological <strong>and</strong> statistical concepts <strong>and</strong> methods used in public health <strong>and</strong> primary<br />
care research <strong>and</strong> policy making. Students will be expected to underst<strong>and</strong>, define, <strong>and</strong> use incidence, prevalence, <strong>and</strong> mortality<br />
rates; underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of st<strong>and</strong>ardisation <strong>and</strong> survival analysis; underst<strong>and</strong> how to differentiate between association<br />
<strong>and</strong> causation in hypothesis generation <strong>and</strong> testing; <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of screening criteria. The module will also<br />
equip students to critically appraise qualitative research evidence underpinning policy interventions designed to prevent,<br />
diagnose, <strong>and</strong> treat disease <strong>and</strong> ameliorate inequalities in health through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of research study designs <strong>and</strong><br />
statistical techniques, including tests of significance <strong>and</strong> confidence intervals.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:56:50 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
118
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Prof S<strong>and</strong>ra Eldridge & Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />
Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />
determinants of health;<br />
Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />
policy;<br />
Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />
practice<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The module will include case studies to explore contemporary policy debates <strong>and</strong> the influence of quantitative research studies<br />
on public health <strong>and</strong> primary care policy <strong>and</strong> government intervention programmes. The advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages of<br />
different study designs <strong>and</strong> their application to different research questions will be covered. Students will gain skills in<br />
summarising quantitative data, including routine morbidity <strong>and</strong> mortality measures <strong>and</strong> interpreting the results of commonly<br />
used statistical techniques.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module is intended to equip students for primary care <strong>and</strong> public health research, policy <strong>and</strong> practice <strong>and</strong> to enable them to<br />
engage in clinical policy debates around interventions designed to reduce social inequalities. They will be able to critically<br />
appraise the quality of clinical trials, <strong>and</strong> other research, <strong>and</strong> will have the building blocks on which to build evidence based<br />
practice.<br />
119
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
Identify <strong>and</strong> describe appropriate data sources <strong>and</strong> apply a range of methods commonly used for summarising<br />
different types of quantitative data.<br />
Articulate the advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages of different study designs commonly encountered in public health <strong>and</strong><br />
primary research.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Critically appraise research papers <strong>and</strong> interpret results in the light of this appraisal.<br />
Describe <strong>and</strong> interpret data from a set of tables <strong>and</strong> write a report.<br />
Describe the strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses of statistics <strong>and</strong> epidemiological data <strong>and</strong> data sources reported in the media<br />
<strong>and</strong> used by parliament.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
Use quantitative data confidently <strong>and</strong> competently.<br />
Use information from research <strong>and</strong> policy studies for evidence based decision making in clinical medicine.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
- Bl<strong>and</strong>, M. An introduction to medical statistics. (2000) 3rd edition OUP.<br />
- Altman D. Practical statistics for medical researchers. (1991). Chapman <strong>and</strong> Hall.<br />
- Greenhalgh, T. How to read a paper. The basics of evidence based medicine. (2010) 4th edition Wiley Blackwell.<br />
- Glasziou P, Del Mar C, Salisbury J. Evidence-based practice workbook. (2007) 2nd edition Blackwell.<br />
- Setel et al. Sc<strong>and</strong>al of invisibility: making everyone count by being counted. The Lancet 2007;370(9598):1569-1577.<br />
- Barker D, Cooper C, Rose G. Epidemiology in medical practice. (1998) Churchill Livingstone; 5th edition.<br />
- McPherson K. Breast Cancer screening: balancing the debate BMJ 2010; 340 doi: 10.1136/bmj.c3106.<br />
120
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 60 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 40<br />
hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Open book examination Examination 1 hour 50 Yes N/A<br />
Tutor marked report on a topic Coursework 2000 words 50 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
121
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
122
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />
2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />
123
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is a core module for the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care.<br />
This module involves students in sociological analyses of health <strong>and</strong> illness experiences, <strong>and</strong> experiences of health care. In<br />
addition, as on other core modules in this programme (apart from Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Statistics, which is entirely methodological),<br />
25% of this module content <strong>and</strong> assessment is devoted to underst<strong>and</strong>ing methods <strong>and</strong> methodology pertinent to the areas of<br />
study discussed in the rest of the module. In this case, this will largely involve qualitative methods.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:57:32 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
124
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Professor Clive Seale<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />
Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />
determinants of health;<br />
Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />
policy;<br />
Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />
practice<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This module involves sociological analyses of health <strong>and</strong> illness experiences, of experiences of health care, <strong>and</strong> an introduction to<br />
research methods relevant for carrying out such work. Topics within these broad headings will vary from one year to the next, but<br />
indicative content includes the sociology of the body, chronic illness <strong>and</strong> disability, provider-patient relations, medicalisation <strong>and</strong><br />
the medical model, health social movements, mass media <strong>and</strong> health, <strong>and</strong> the sociology of bioethics<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module will provide students with the methodological <strong>and</strong> analytical skills needed to formulate a sociological underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />
of health, illness <strong>and</strong> health care in contemporary societies. Students will grasp how social theories can be brought to bear on<br />
this field to develop this underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> they will be brought to a point where the potential of sociological work in helping<br />
to solve health <strong>and</strong> illness problems can be evaluated.<br />
125
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Students will be able to define <strong>and</strong> analyse a sociological problem related to health, illness or health care<br />
Students will be able to underst<strong>and</strong> the contribution of social factors <strong>and</strong> social context to the experience of health,<br />
illness, <strong>and</strong> health care<br />
Students will be able to analyse the relationship between medicine, health <strong>and</strong> society<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Apply sociological methods to the analysis of health, illness or health care in contemporary societies<br />
Apply social theories to the analysis of health, illness or health care in contemporary societies<br />
Write up <strong>and</strong> otherwise present the results of sociological analyses in a way that recognises their provisional character,<br />
respecting the distinction between 'underst<strong>and</strong>ing' <strong>and</strong> 'findings'.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Students will possess the language skills necessary for the presentation of arguments.<br />
Students will recognise that the boundaries of knowledge on particular topics are not fixed.<br />
Students will be appropriately sceptical about the role played by their own personal experiences of society in<br />
contributing to sociological knowledge of health, illness <strong>and</strong> health care.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
Bird, C.E. Conrad, P. Fremont, A.M. & Timmermans, S. (2010) H<strong>and</strong>book of Medical Sociology. Sixth Edition, New York: V<strong>and</strong>erbilt<br />
University Press.<br />
Bury, M & Gabe, J. (2003) The Sociology of Health & Illness: A Reader. London: Routledge.<br />
Calnan, M. Gabe, J. & Williams, S.J. (2000) Health, Medicine <strong>and</strong> Society: Key Theories, Future Agendas. London: Routledge.<br />
Cockerham, W.C. (2009) The New Blackwell Companion to Medical Sociology. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.<br />
126
Gabe, J. Alston, M.J. & Bury, M. (2004) Key Concepts in Medical Sociology. London: Sage.<br />
Nettleton, S. & Gustafsson, U. (2002) The Sociology of Health & Illness Reader. Cambridge: Polity.<br />
Nettleton, S. (2006) The Sociology of Health & Illness. Second Edition, Cambridge: Polity.<br />
Pescosolido, N. Martin, J.K. McLeod, J.D. & Rogers, A. (2011) H<strong>and</strong>book of the Sociology of Health, Illness, <strong>and</strong> Healing: A Blueprint<br />
for the 21st Century. Amsterdam: Springer.<br />
Key journals:<br />
Sociology of Health & Illness<br />
Social Science & Medicine<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />
hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Essay-style tutor marked<br />
assignment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 2500 words 75 Yes N/A<br />
127
Essay-style tutor marked<br />
assignment<br />
Coursework 1500 words 25 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Coursework<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
128
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> the social determinants of health<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
129
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is one of the five core modules on the intercalated BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
All governments accept some responsibility for the allocation <strong>and</strong> distribution of resources throughout society <strong>and</strong> for the<br />
amelioration of inequalities in health within <strong>and</strong> across countries. This module is concerned with the theories behind the social<br />
determinants of health <strong>and</strong> the mechanisms available to supra-regional bodies <strong>and</strong> national governments <strong>and</strong> policy makers in<br />
the allocation of resources. It provides an essential grounding in the social determinants of health <strong>and</strong> their relationship with<br />
income <strong>and</strong> resource distribution at supranational <strong>and</strong> national level, the theories <strong>and</strong> methods that underpin policy making<br />
interventions, <strong>and</strong> the competing policy solutions. It will be grounded in the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health<br />
2008.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:06 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
130
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> the social determinants of health<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Prof Allyson Pollock<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />
Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />
Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong><br />
policy;<br />
Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />
practice<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This module will examine the theories <strong>and</strong> evidence underpinning social inequalities in health (defined as the unfair <strong>and</strong><br />
avoidable differences in health status). It will consider structural/material <strong>and</strong> psychosocial theories, <strong>and</strong> hypotheses about social<br />
drift, self-selection, <strong>and</strong> genetics. Attention is given to the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health. Sources of data<br />
<strong>and</strong> measurement of scale of inequalities between <strong>and</strong> within groups are addressed. The module will consider the distribution of<br />
wealth, income , resources, <strong>and</strong> power at global, national, <strong>and</strong> local levels. Redistributive mechanisms work through either<br />
government or market control, <strong>and</strong> the economic implications for inequalities will be compared <strong>and</strong> analysed. Policy<br />
interventions <strong>and</strong> their different approaches will be explored including universal <strong>and</strong> targeted or selective approaches to<br />
reducing inequalities by reducing the inequitable distribution of power, money, <strong>and</strong> resources.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module is intended to equip the student to be able to describe <strong>and</strong> critically examine the causes <strong>and</strong> the measurement of<br />
inequalities in health, <strong>and</strong> the nature <strong>and</strong> range of policy solutions available to remedy them <strong>and</strong> mechanisms for priority setting.<br />
This module is intended to complement modules on epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics, the sociology of health <strong>and</strong> illness, <strong>and</strong> health<br />
systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy, which provide complementary skills in the measurement of inequalities, economic theories, <strong>and</strong><br />
issues of power in the policy making process.<br />
131
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
A 4<br />
Critical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of theories of social determinants of health.<br />
Knowledge of approaches to <strong>and</strong> methods of measurement of health inequalities.<br />
Critical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of alternative economic approaches (state or market) to policy interventions.<br />
Ability to describe key policy actors <strong>and</strong> agencies involved in policy making.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Critically analyse papers relating to inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health.<br />
Describe the consequences of universal versus selective policy interventions with reference to a case study.<br />
Review findings with respect to policy interventions <strong>and</strong> determinants of health.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
A global perspective with respect to underst<strong>and</strong>ing inequalities in outcomes <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health.<br />
Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to inequalities.<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
- WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health (CSDH) in 2008<br />
- Whitehead M (Author), Townsend P (Ed), Davidson N (Ed). Inequalities in Health: The Black Report <strong>and</strong> the Health Divide.<br />
Pelican Books. London 1988<br />
- Wilkinson R, Pickett K. The spirit level: why equality is better for everyone. Penguin, London, 2010.<br />
132
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />
hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Short Answer Questions Examination 1 hour 50 Yes N/A<br />
Written Assessment Coursework 2000 words 50 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
133
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
134
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />
2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />
135
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is a core module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
All governments accept some responsibility for the allocation of health care throughout society <strong>and</strong> none leaves allocation<br />
entirely to the market. This module is concerned with the theories behind <strong>and</strong> mechanisms of government <strong>and</strong> market control in<br />
the health care system, <strong>and</strong> with the resource distributions that result. By contrasting integrated public with market-based health<br />
systems, the module provides an essential grounding in the description <strong>and</strong> analysis of major trends in health care policy both<br />
within the United Kingdom <strong>and</strong> internationally <strong>and</strong> also with the World Health Organization commitment to 'health for all'.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:32 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
136
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />
Module Organiser<br />
David Price<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />
Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />
Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />
determinants of health;<br />
Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />
practice<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
In this module we address the fundamental public health question of how best to organise health care in order to achieve<br />
universal coverage. We will be particularly concerned with the ways in which health care systems differ from the perspective of<br />
access to services among social groups within the population, <strong>and</strong> also with the distributive effects of different organising<br />
principles such as market <strong>and</strong> public control.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
To enable students to analyse <strong>and</strong> evaluate health care systems in both developed <strong>and</strong> developing countries from the<br />
perspective of access to diagnostic <strong>and</strong> curative services.<br />
137
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
Mechanisms for sharing the costs of ill health employed in different health systems.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard methods for describing <strong>and</strong> comparing models of financial risk allocation, resource allocation, <strong>and</strong> needsbased<br />
planning.<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Analyse health care systems from the perspective of equity of access.<br />
Critically appraise evidence supporting health care policy.<br />
Synthesise findings with respect to equity of access <strong>and</strong> universal health care.<br />
B 4<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to public health<br />
A global perspective with respect to access to health care<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
Morris, S., Devlin, N., <strong>and</strong> Parkin, D. (2007) Economic analysis in health care. Chichester:Wiley.<br />
Donaldson, C. <strong>and</strong> Gerard, K. (2005) Economics of health care financing. 2nd ed. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.<br />
Pollock, A. (2005) NHS plc. London: Verso.<br />
World Health Organization. (2005) Achieving universal health coverage. Technical note No 1. http://www.who.int/<br />
health_financing/pb_1.pdf.<br />
138
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours seminar preparation, 20 hours topic-based study,<br />
60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Essay-style tutor marked<br />
assignment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 2000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Coursework<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
139
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
140
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Primary health care - theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date January 2013<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
Not applicable<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />
2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />
2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />
141
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This module is core for the intercalated BSc in Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care.<br />
High quality primary health care is the cornerstone of an efficient, effective, <strong>and</strong> equitable health system. Many countries are<br />
seeking to shift from a hospital-led health care system to one characterised by a strong primary care sector. The primary health<br />
care model provides the internationally established norm for attaining the World Health Organization’s commitment to ‘health<br />
for all’. This vision for developing primary care is widely held but depends critically on capacity building to produce research<br />
leaders, educators, <strong>and</strong> policy-makers.<br />
Whilst all undergraduate medical students spend time in general practice <strong>and</strong> are required to be familiar with the UK system, the<br />
theory <strong>and</strong> practice of primary health care from a global perspective is not currently taught in depth in the main undergraduate<br />
curriculum. Students seeking to gain underst<strong>and</strong>ing of global health need to shift their view of primary care from 'what happens<br />
in UK general practice' to a more theory-based <strong>and</strong> abstracted underst<strong>and</strong>ing of key principles <strong>and</strong> an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of where<br />
primary care fits in (or could fit in) at a system level in any health system.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:53 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
142
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Primary health care - theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Professor Trisha Greenhalgh<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />
Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />
Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />
determinants of health;<br />
Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />
policy<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
Students will cover the following through a combination of self study, group seminars, lectures <strong>and</strong> project work:<br />
• the many <strong>and</strong> varied models of primary health care across the world<br />
• the commonalities of good primary care provision across different structures <strong>and</strong> systems<br />
• links between primary care (individual <strong>and</strong> family focus) <strong>and</strong> public health (community <strong>and</strong> population focus)<br />
• management of chronic illness <strong>and</strong> multimorbidity<br />
• the therapeutic relationship <strong>and</strong> continuity of care<br />
• uncertainty <strong>and</strong> complexity in primary care <strong>and</strong> the challenges arising from this<br />
• quality in primary care - definitions <strong>and</strong> approaches<br />
• lifelong learning <strong>and</strong> reflective practice<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
This module aims to introduce students to the academic study of primary health care. The focus will be on primary care as a<br />
practice that is informed by a number of primary disciplines, including but not limited to biomedicine, epidemiology, sociology,<br />
anthropology <strong>and</strong> psychology.<br />
143
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
A 4<br />
Basic knowledge of nature <strong>and</strong> scope of primary health care in a range of different cultures <strong>and</strong> contexts<br />
Basic knowledge of the principles of health services research as applied in a primary health care setting<br />
Basic knowledge of the principles of professional development <strong>and</strong> lifelong learning<br />
Basic knowledge of how health systems may be strengthened by developing the primary care sector<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
Critically appraise an academic paper relevant to primary health care<br />
Analyse selected primary care problems through a range of disciplinary lenses<br />
Describe how material from disparate sources might be drawn together to address multifaceted problems in primary<br />
care<br />
Review the literature on an aspect of primary health care <strong>and</strong> draw conclusions on how (if at all) practice should<br />
change on the basis of this<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
A mature, professional <strong>and</strong> collaborative approach to the study of primary health care<br />
Respect for, <strong>and</strong> accommodation of, the diverse perspectives represented in an interdiscplinary primary care team or<br />
learning group<br />
Commitment to health <strong>and</strong> community development <strong>and</strong> social justice<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
BOOKS<br />
Greenhalgh T. Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice. Oxford, John Wiley & Son, 2009.<br />
World Health Organisation: Primary Health Care: Now More Than Ever. World Health Report. Downloadable from http://www.<br />
who.int/whr/2008/whr08_en.pdf. Geneva: WHO; 2008.<br />
144
EXAMPLE JOURNAL ARTICLES<br />
Beasley JW, Starfield B, van Weel C, Rosser WW, Haq CL: Global Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care Research. J Am Board Fam Pract 2007, 20:<br />
518-526.<br />
Haggerty JL, Reid RJ, Freeman GK, Starfield BH, Adair CE, McKendry R: Continuity of care: a multidisciplinary review. BMJ 2003,<br />
327: 1219-1221.<br />
Heath I, Rubinstein A, Stange KC, van Driel ML: Quality in primary health care: a multidimensional approach to complexity. BMJ<br />
2009, 338: b1242<br />
Jennings SF: Personal development plans <strong>and</strong> self-directed learning for healthcare professionals: are they evidence based?<br />
Postgrad Med J 2007, 83: 518-524.<br />
Maher D, Smeeth L, Sekajugo J: Health transition in Africa: practical policy proposals for primary care. Bull World Health Organ<br />
2010, 88: 943-948.<br />
Starfield B et al. Contribution of primary care to health systems <strong>and</strong> health. Milbank Q 2005; 83:457-502.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />
hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Essay-style tutor marked<br />
assignment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Coursework 2000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />
145
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Essay-style tutor marked assignment Coursework 2000 words<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
146
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />
2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />
2014/15 2-4 1 15<br />
147
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is an elective module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
This module will introduce students to the core concepts <strong>and</strong> theories of economic analysis that have underpinned the global<br />
trend towards health care reform. Conventional economic analyses of health policy will be examined <strong>and</strong> contrasted with public<br />
health approaches to health care planning. Particular attention is given to the impact of commercialisation on health care<br />
systems as a result of the international policy of increased private provision of public services. Closer involvement of the private<br />
sector in the planning <strong>and</strong> provision of public services has a range of practical <strong>and</strong> normative implications of which policy<br />
analysts need to be aware.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:31 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
148
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
David Price<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong><br />
policy<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
In this module we examine the equity <strong>and</strong> cost effects of key financing <strong>and</strong> resource allocation methods associated with the<br />
health system reform agenda. Particular attention is given to the impact of commercialisation on the role <strong>and</strong> methods of health<br />
care needs assessment <strong>and</strong> needs-based resource allocation. Key reform concepts including integration <strong>and</strong> decentralisation are<br />
examined.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
To examine methods <strong>and</strong> processes of health care system privatisation <strong>and</strong> to examine critically the consequences with respect<br />
to arrangements for risk pooling, equity, <strong>and</strong> efficiency.<br />
149
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
Systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of concepts <strong>and</strong> mechanisms of health service privatisation<br />
Systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of non-market methods of health service planning <strong>and</strong> resource allocation<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Critically analyse public <strong>and</strong> private control over resources in health care systems<br />
Critically appraise the consequences of public <strong>and</strong> private control in health care systems<br />
Synthesise findings with respect to equity of access <strong>and</strong> universal health care.<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
A global perspective with respect to access to health care<br />
Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to public health<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
Florio, M. (2004) Great divestiture: evaluating the welfare impact of the British privatizations, 1979-1997. MA: MIT Press<br />
Yescombe, E. (2007) Public private partnerships: principles of policy <strong>and</strong> finance. Butterworth-Heinemann<br />
Glennerster, H. (2003) Underst<strong>and</strong>ing the finance of welfare. Oxford: Policy Press.<br />
150
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours seminar preparation, 20 hours topic-based study,<br />
60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Tutor-marked essay Coursework 2000 words 100% Yes 50<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Coursework<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
151
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
152
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date January 2013<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />
2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />
2014/15 2-4 1 15<br />
153
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is an elective module for the BSc in global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
The past four decades or so have seen the decline of local systems of medical ethics <strong>and</strong> their ongoing supersession by a single<br />
global new one, also known as ‘biomedical ethics’. The doctrine of informed consent, respect for the patient's autonomy, the<br />
discourse on allocation of scarce resources, national <strong>and</strong> international oversight committees, <strong>and</strong> the academic-clinical discipline<br />
of bioethics - all indications of the globalisation / harmonisation of medical ethics are now accepted worldwide. This new<br />
globalised ethic (or rather a core of ethical rules) is supposed to regulate the relations both among health care providers—the<br />
state, the medical industry, health care <strong>and</strong> academic institutions, staff <strong>and</strong> scientists—as well as between them <strong>and</strong> other<br />
stakeholders, notably the patient, the human researchee <strong>and</strong> the public.<br />
This module differs from conventional modules on medical ethics in that it does not treat its object philosophically, but rather<br />
historically. Indeed, it attempts to define the ethical transformation in terms of both form <strong>and</strong> content, identify its social<br />
beneficiaries <strong>and</strong> victims, <strong>and</strong> provide competing historical explanations for its emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution.<br />
The conclusions of the discussion will have no necessary philosophical, ie, justificatory, implications; however, they may cast a<br />
new counterintuitive light on the entire enterprise <strong>and</strong> prompt us to reconsider our ethical <strong>and</strong> philosophical choices. To sum up,<br />
the module will compare the sociological-historical approach to medico-ethical questions with philosophical approaches.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:53 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
154
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Miran Epstein<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
The module will take the student on a journey through seven major areas of contemporary medical ethics:<br />
* consent <strong>and</strong> consensus<br />
* medical confidentiality<br />
* the discourse on distributive justice<br />
* human <strong>and</strong> animal research ethics<br />
* end-of-life ethics<br />
* transplant ethics<br />
* reproductive ethics<br />
The introductory presentation of each of these topics will be followed by a critical discussion on their possible history <strong>and</strong> on the<br />
theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical implications of the competing conclusions.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
(1) The first aim of the module is to show that medical ethics is actually being globalised, <strong>and</strong> to introduce its major elements.<br />
(2) Ethical issues in medicine <strong>and</strong> elsewhere have usually been dealt with from a strictly philosophical point of view (as is<br />
demonstrated so clearly in the popular 'pros <strong>and</strong> cons' debates). This conventional approach rests on the assumption that<br />
specific ethical conclusions can be <strong>and</strong> are normally drawn from general moral rules. The second aim of the module is to show<br />
that this assumption is false. Ethical conclusions cannot be drawn from general moral rules. What we consider as 'moral reason' is<br />
in fact a justificatory framework for the ethic. In other words, it is part of the ethic, not the source or explanation thereof.<br />
(3) The third aim of the module is to present the major competing historical narratives concerning the emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution<br />
of the ethical transformation in medicine.<br />
(4) The fourth aim of the module is to discuss the general conditions for a plausible historical theory of medical ethics.<br />
(5) The fifth aim of the module is to argue <strong>and</strong> show that a sociological-historical approach to our ethical-philosophical choices<br />
has a critical capacity much greater than that of the philosophical approach.<br />
155
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
The nature of contemporary medical ethics <strong>and</strong> its major features<br />
Competing historical theories concerning the emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution of the new ethics<br />
The theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical implications of the historical narratives<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
Describe the relations between philosophy <strong>and</strong> medical ethics<br />
Explain the difference between philosophical <strong>and</strong> historical discourses<br />
Outline the conditions for a plausible historical theory of medical ethics<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
C 4<br />
Engage critically with knowledge<br />
Have a global perspective<br />
Learn continuously in a changing world<br />
Demonstrate rounded intellectual development<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
Jackson E. Medical Law: Texts, Cases <strong>and</strong> Materials. OUP 2006.<br />
Brazier M. Medicine, Patients <strong>and</strong> the Law. 5th ed. Penguin 2011.<br />
Jonsen A. The Birth of Bioethics. OUP 2003.<br />
Jonsen A. A Short History of Medical Ethics. OUP 2008.<br />
Stevens T. Bioethics in America: Origins <strong>and</strong> Cultural Politics. Johns Hopkins Press 2003.<br />
Epstein M. How will the economic downturn affect academic bioethics? Bioethics 2010; 24(5): 226–233.<br />
156
Hope T, Savulescu J, Hendrick R. Medical Ethics: The Core Curriculum 2nd ed. Churchill Livingstone 2008.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
10 x 1-hour lectures<br />
10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />
reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />
hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Written assessment Coursework 3000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
157
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
158
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date January 2013<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 2-4 1 10<br />
2013/14 2-4 1 10<br />
2014/15 2-4 1 10<br />
159
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is an elective module for the intercalated BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Considerable health research is published annually, not all of good quality. Practice must continually evolve, however, based on<br />
the best research available. It is essential therefore, that healthcare practitioners <strong>and</strong> others who seek to use this research can<br />
appraise evidence <strong>and</strong> make sensible decisions as to whether it should alter practice or not. This module provides the skills for<br />
students to be able to appraise research evidence <strong>and</strong> synthesise where multiple sources of evidence are available in order to be<br />
able to inform decisions <strong>and</strong> improve practice. They will also be able to appreciate implications for health policy.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
NIl<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 13:00:20 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
160
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Dr Catherine Meads<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
Considerable health research is published annually, not all of good quality. Practice continually evolves, hopefully based on best<br />
research available. Healthcare practitioners <strong>and</strong> others working in the healthcare field should appraise new research evidence<br />
<strong>and</strong> use it to alter practice where appropriate. This module builds on critical appraisal skills introduced in the core module on<br />
epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics to appraise research evidence. Students will learn how to synthesise evidence where multiple<br />
sources are available in order to address issues relevant to policy.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
This programme aims to give students the skills to continually update their clinical practice as new research evidence becomes<br />
available. They will learn how to look for the different types of research studies to answer different types of questions such as<br />
what causes a condition, how common it is, what is the prognosis, how accurate are diagnostic tests, how effective are<br />
treatments <strong>and</strong> what are their harms, <strong>and</strong> how can we measure the patient experience. Students will also consider the kinds of<br />
evidence (which may be heterogeneous <strong>and</strong> multifaceted) that may be used in policy-making in an international context.<br />
This module will provide a good foundation for a student who seeks to go on to do a systematic review.<br />
161
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
Knowledge of the different types of research question in health services research <strong>and</strong> match these with appropriate<br />
study designs<br />
Knowledge of the principles of critical appraisal <strong>and</strong> evidence-based practice<br />
Knowledge of the principles of systematic literature review<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
B 5<br />
Select an appropriate study design for a healthcare question<br />
Search medical databases for literature on a chosen topic<br />
Critically appraise a r<strong>and</strong>omised controlled trial<br />
Critically appraise a systematic review<br />
Write a specification for a research synthesis project<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Critical engagement with research evidence<br />
Commitment to continuous learning in a changing world<br />
Self-directed learning to achieve module learning outcomes<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
1. Evans I, Thornton H, Chalmers I. Testing treatments. Better research for better health care. The British Library, London 2007<br />
(freely available under creative commons licence at http://www.testingtreatments.org/)<br />
2. Khan K, Kunz R, Kleijnen J, Antes G. Systematic reviews to support evidence-based medicine. (2nd Edition). Hodder Arnold,<br />
London 2011<br />
162
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
30 hours total (10 sessions of 3 hours). Comprising 15 hours of<br />
seminars, 10 hours of interactive lectures, <strong>and</strong> 5 hours computer lab<br />
work.<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
120 hours total. Comprising 6 hours per teaching session in<br />
preparation <strong>and</strong> reading time (total 60 hours) <strong>and</strong> 90 hours for the<br />
preparation of the assessment.<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
3000 words, but<br />
module<br />
organiser may<br />
modify this for<br />
specific projects<br />
if there are good<br />
reasons to do<br />
with the nature<br />
of the protocol<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Development of a protocol for a<br />
systematic review<br />
Coursework<br />
100 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
163
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
164
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Dissertation, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 6 Module Type DPM Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date September 2012<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
N/A<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 10-15 5 15<br />
2013/14 10-15 5 15<br />
2014/15 10-15 5 15<br />
165
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This core module on the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care offers students the opportunity to pursue a topic of interest<br />
in depth <strong>and</strong> produce a critical <strong>and</strong> scholarly review of the literature. Students will select a project from a range on offer, mostly<br />
from supervisors in the Centre for Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care. Students may be allowed to devise their own project, <strong>and</strong>/or<br />
include analysis of raw data, through discussion with a supervisor. Projects will be supported by a series of seminars covering<br />
critical evaluation, literature searching, <strong>and</strong> presentation <strong>and</strong> writing skills. Students will acquire skills in developing, planning,<br />
organising, <strong>and</strong> focusing a project as they work on a one to one basis with their supervisor. They will also acquire skills in<br />
searching, critically appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising the literature.<br />
Assessment will via a 5,000-word essay-style dissertation <strong>and</strong> two 10-minute presentations.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Mike Curtis<br />
Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />
DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />
ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />
Molecular Science,<br />
email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:12 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
166
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Dissertation, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 30 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1-3<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Prof Trish Greenhalgh<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
This core module on the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care offers students the opportunity to pursue a topic of interest<br />
in depth <strong>and</strong> produce a critical <strong>and</strong> scholarly review of the literature. Students will select a project from a range on offer, mostly<br />
from supervisors in the Centre for Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care, though some from other Institutes with QMUL may be<br />
available. Students may be allowed to devise their own project, <strong>and</strong>/or include analysis of raw data, through discussion with a<br />
supervisor. Projects will be supported by a series of seminars covering critical evaluation, literature searching, presentation <strong>and</strong><br />
writing skills. Students will acquire skills in developing, planning, organising <strong>and</strong> focusing a project as they work on a one to one<br />
basis with their supervisor. They will also acquire skills in searching, critically appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising the<br />
literature.<br />
Assessment will via a 5000-word essay-style dissertation <strong>and</strong> a 10 minute presentation.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The module aims to develop students' ability to explore an academic topic in depth; produce a scholarly <strong>and</strong> critical summary of<br />
the literature, including critical analysis of data, findings <strong>and</strong> conclusions presented in primary studies <strong>and</strong> reports; <strong>and</strong> present<br />
their findings both verbally <strong>and</strong> in writing.<br />
167
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
A 4<br />
Knowledge of the principles of scholarly literature review as applied to global health, primary care <strong>and</strong> public health<br />
Knowledge of key data sources including journals, databases <strong>and</strong> grey literature relevant to these fields<br />
Knowledge of approaches to appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising findings from primary studies<br />
Knowledge of word processing, reference managing <strong>and</strong> presentation software<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
B 5<br />
Plan, organise, execute <strong>and</strong> deliver a substantial piece of academic work within a defined time period<br />
Search academic <strong>and</strong> grey literature including databases, h<strong>and</strong> searching <strong>and</strong> citation tracking<br />
Critically analyse literature on a chosen topic relevant to global health, primary care or public health<br />
Summarise <strong>and</strong> synthesise the findings from primary studies to produce a coherent review of the topic<br />
Present findings to an audience <strong>and</strong> respond to constructive criticism<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
C 4<br />
C 5<br />
Personal organisation <strong>and</strong> project management<br />
A reflexive <strong>and</strong> scholarly approach to published <strong>and</strong> other evidence<br />
Confidence in using word processing, reference management <strong>and</strong> presentation software to present their work<br />
Intellectual integrity <strong>and</strong> knowledge of own strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses<br />
Ability to seek <strong>and</strong> follow advice <strong>and</strong> feedback in the course of a major literature review<br />
168
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
How to read a paper: The basics of evidence-based medicine. 4th edition. Trisha Greenhalgh. Oxford, Wiley, 2010.<br />
Doing a literature review in health <strong>and</strong> social care. Helen Aveyard. Open University Press.<br />
How to write your undergraduate dissertation. Bryan Greetham. Macmillan.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
One to one with project supervisor 5 hours<br />
Seminars 10 hours<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
Organisation <strong>and</strong> execution of project 270 hours<br />
Preparing presentations 15 hours<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
Notional study hours 300<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Dissertation Dissertation 5000 words 70 Yes N/A<br />
Presentation Practical 10 minutes 15 Yes N/A<br />
169
Presentation Practical 10 minutes 15 Yes N/A<br />
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />
170
Module Proposal Form<br />
Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />
Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />
either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />
or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Section 1 - Summary Information<br />
Module Title Migration, culture <strong>and</strong> health<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />
Start Date January 2013<br />
Proposed JACS Code -<br />
Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Blizard Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />
Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />
percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />
SMD: Blizard Institute<br />
Responsible School<br />
Primary Care PG<br />
Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />
Anticipated Student Registrations<br />
Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />
2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />
2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />
2014/15 2-4 1 15
Module Rationale<br />
Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />
is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />
concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />
be made clear.<br />
This is an elective module for the BSc in global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />
This module will introduce students to a range of health-related issues that arise in the context of migration <strong>and</strong> cultural<br />
difference. It will play an important part in informing students of the challenges to health care that arise in the contexts of human<br />
mobility, migration, <strong>and</strong> cultural difference. This module will consider key facets of migration in order to underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> assess<br />
the consequences for health <strong>and</strong> the risks to health posed by migration. Equally, the module will explore the ways in which<br />
migration is embarked upon with a view to attaining what many believe will be ‘a better life’, which implies a healthy life.<br />
Resource Requirements<br />
By school responsible for module<br />
Nil<br />
By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />
collaborative institution<br />
Nil<br />
Approval of New Module Proposal<br />
The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />
can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />
computing resources).<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School
Section 2 - Module Specification<br />
Module Title Migration, culture <strong>and</strong> health<br />
Module Code<br />
Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />
Module Organiser<br />
Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />
1) Content Description<br />
Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />
System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />
Students are introduced to health-related issues that arise in the context of migration, relocation, settlement, <strong>and</strong> diaspora. The<br />
module will<br />
- introduce theories of migration (borders, transnationalism, transculturaltion, alterity, risk) to underst<strong>and</strong> migration patterns,<br />
flows, <strong>and</strong> settlement in both developing <strong>and</strong> developed nations<br />
- examine the main theories underlying the study of the migration-health relationship: migrant categories (gender, social class,<br />
etc) <strong>and</strong> health, cultural variants of migration-health nexus, etc<br />
- consider challenges to health posed by migration, mobility, forced displacement, border crossings, <strong>and</strong> transnational or<br />
transcultural moves<br />
- consider challenges to health that arise in diasporas: cultural differences <strong>and</strong> beliefs, linguistic barriers, the management of<br />
chronic illnesses, etc.<br />
2) Module Aims<br />
Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />
The aim of this module is to increase awareness of a range of contingent factors that affect health in the context of migration, as<br />
well as to provide a conceptual framework within which these issues can be considered <strong>and</strong> analysed.<br />
In order to do so, the module will consist of three related parts that, together, will consider issues of migration <strong>and</strong> health from<br />
different perspectives. The first will introduce students to categories <strong>and</strong> typologies of migration, as well as to related concepts,<br />
such as borders, alterity, risk, mobility, diaspora, transnationalism <strong>and</strong> transculturation. This conceptual focus will serve to lay a<br />
theoretical framework on debates <strong>and</strong> analyses of migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> therefore will serve as conceptual <strong>and</strong> typological<br />
routes through which to underst<strong>and</strong> questions of health in the context of migration. The second part of the module will examine<br />
health risks posed by migration, both to migrants <strong>and</strong> to host communities. The third part of this module will focus on healthrelated<br />
issues that arise among immigrant communities, with particular emphasis on chronic illness <strong>and</strong> cultural beliefs.
3) Learning Outcomes<br />
Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />
completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />
Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />
Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />
Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
A 1<br />
A 2<br />
A 3<br />
A 4<br />
A 5<br />
An underst<strong>and</strong>ing of challenges to health through <strong>and</strong> in the context of migration<br />
Conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing of migration-health relation<br />
An ability to theorize <strong>and</strong> analyse migration-health issues across contexts<br />
Knowledge of health risks posed by migration<br />
Knowledge of important issues in immigrant communities, such as chronic illness or cultural beliefs<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
B 1<br />
B 2<br />
B 3<br />
B 4<br />
Read, underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> apply concepts to contexts<br />
Engage critically with theories of migration<br />
Review literature on specific problems <strong>and</strong> issues in migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> draw conclusions from this<br />
Describe arguments <strong>and</strong> material on migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> bring them together in specific topics<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
Analytic ability with regard to assessing migration-health issues<br />
Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of migration-health issues in local <strong>and</strong> global contexts<br />
Ability to organize concepts, present arguments <strong>and</strong> articulate both orally <strong>and</strong> in writing nuanced <strong>and</strong> contingent<br />
studies of migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />
4) Reading List<br />
Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />
be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />
Castles S (2000) International migration at the beginning of the 21st century: global trends <strong>and</strong> issues. Paris: UNESCO.<br />
Gushulak B, Weekers J, MacPherson D (2009) Migrants <strong>and</strong> emerging health issues in a globalized world—health threats, risks<br />
<strong>and</strong> challenges: an evidence-based framework. Emerging Health Threats Journal 2: e10.
Karlsen, S, Nazroo, J, <strong>and</strong> Stephenson, R.B. 2002: Ethnicity, environment <strong>and</strong> health: putting ethnic inequalities in health in their<br />
place? Social Science <strong>and</strong> Medicine, 55 (9), 1647-1661.<br />
Krieken, Peter J. van (ed.), 2001, Migration, health <strong>and</strong> return: a h<strong>and</strong>book for a multi-disciplinary Approach, The Hague: Asser<br />
Press<br />
Massey D, Arango J, Hugo G, Kouaouci A, Pellegrino A, et al. (1993) Theories of international migration: a review <strong>and</strong> appraisal.<br />
Population <strong>and</strong> Development Review 19: 431–457.<br />
World Health Organization (2010) Health of migrants–the way forward: report of a global consultation. Geneva: World Health<br />
Organization.<br />
Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />
Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />
achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />
of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />
1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />
Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />
lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />
enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />
<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />
2. Student independent learning time<br />
Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />
of study a student undertaking this module would<br />
be expected to undertake.<br />
11 contact weeks of 2 hours each:<br />
11 x 1-hour lectures<br />
11 x 1-hour seminars with student group work <strong>and</strong> presentations<br />
128 hours comprising 22 hours background reading, 22 hours<br />
specific preparation / homework for seminars, 24 hours topic-based<br />
study, 60 hours assignment<br />
1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />
Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />
should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />
The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />
point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />
represents 150 notional study hours.<br />
150 notional study hours<br />
Assessment Profile<br />
Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />
Brief Description of<br />
Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration /<br />
Length of<br />
Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Percentage<br />
Weighting<br />
Seminar presentation Practical 10-15 minutes 25% Yes<br />
Qualifying<br />
Final element Mark for<br />
of assessment? Individual<br />
Assessment<br />
Assignment 1 Coursework 1500 words 25% Yes<br />
Assignment 2 Coursework 2500 50% Yes
Reassessment<br />
Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />
reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />
Synoptic Reassessment<br />
Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />
Brief Description of Assessment<br />
Assessment Type<br />
Duration / Length of Examination /<br />
Coursework<br />
Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />
This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />
<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />
is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />
specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />
please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />
Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />
Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />
This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />
available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />
30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />
module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.
TPB2011-027<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
Nature of proposal(s)<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Title of Proposal(s)<br />
being considered<br />
Programme Amendment(s)<br />
Institute of Cancer<br />
MSc Cancer Therapeutics<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Potential issues<br />
identified <strong>and</strong><br />
comments on the<br />
proposal(s) from<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />
accompanying documentation. If any conditions of approval or<br />
recommendations arise through discussion at the Board these<br />
should be clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong><br />
articulated to the proposer.<br />
The MSc Cancer Therapeutics is a distance learning<br />
programme that is offered in both full-time <strong>and</strong> part-time<br />
modes of study. The programme had been adopted as the<br />
formal teaching component of the Bank of Cyprus Cancer<br />
Centre Registrar Training programme. Each year 2-3 new<br />
trainees will enter the programme <strong>and</strong> alongside their clinical<br />
training will study for an MSc as part-time distance learning<br />
students.<br />
The following amendment put forward for consideration has 3<br />
parts to it <strong>and</strong> proposes to:<br />
1. Extend the period of registration to up to 5 years for<br />
part time students.<br />
2. Have 2 intakes per year. The St<strong>and</strong>ard intake in<br />
September (1st intake) <strong>and</strong> a new additional intake in<br />
January (2nd intake).<br />
3. Allow students to register for a PG Cert or PG Dip as<br />
an alternative to a full MSc.<br />
The main aim of these amendments is to make the course<br />
more flexible. The amendments were provisionally approved<br />
by the School Programme Review Committee in December<br />
(with the requirement that students take at least 1 module per<br />
semester).<br />
At the time of writing a suspension of regulations request had<br />
provisionally been agreed <strong>and</strong> to facilitate two students<br />
enrolling on the existing programme in January.<br />
171
TPB2011-027<br />
Programme Amendment Form<br />
This form should be used to submit a proposal to change a programme of study, i.e. a proposal that modifies<br />
the arrangements originally approved by the College. For example:<br />
• change in the title of the programme - please note that changing the programme title will<br />
necessitate the recoding of the programme<br />
• change in the length of the programme of study<br />
• changes in compulsory or recommended modules<br />
• changes in the programme regulations<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
Summary Information (as previously approved)<br />
Programme Title(s) MSc Cancer Therapeutics<br />
Programme Code(s) A3T5 & A3T6<br />
Programme Qualification<br />
Mode of study<br />
Master of Science (MSc) Specify FT Duration 1 year<br />
Programme<br />
Duration<br />
Master of Science (MSc) Specify PT Duration 2 years<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Barts Cancer Institute<br />
Schools who are also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />
Barts <strong>and</strong> The London School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />
Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine<br />
Details of any collaborative Higher Education Institution(s) involved in teaching any part of the programme<br />
Module Lead from Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton.<br />
Lecturers from University College London<br />
Programme Organiser Dr Simon Joel<br />
1) Proposed Amendment(s)<br />
Detail the proposed amendments to the programme <strong>and</strong> attach the updated Programme Specification. If new<br />
modules are to be added to the programme(s) or if existing modules are to be removed this should be clearly<br />
specified in the space below. Further information regarding the module(s) to be added / removed from the<br />
programme(s) can be provided in the table below. Alternatively, this information can be presented in text form<br />
in the space below, as long as all of the key information in the table is detailed.<br />
Proposed changes:<br />
172
TPB2011-027<br />
1. Extend period of registration to up to 5 years for part time students with the option to take any number of modules<br />
1 module, equivalent to 15 credits) each year.<br />
2. To have 2 intakes per year. St<strong>and</strong>ard intake in September (1st intake), new additional intake in January (2nd intake).<br />
3. To allow students to register for a PG Cert or PG Dip as an alternative to a full MSc.<br />
Module Title<br />
Module<br />
Code<br />
Credits<br />
Level<br />
Module<br />
Selection<br />
Status<br />
<strong>Academic</strong><br />
Year of<br />
Study<br />
Add / Remove<br />
Module from<br />
Programme<br />
X<br />
X<br />
2) New Programme Title (if applicable)<br />
Please note that changing the programme title will necessitate the recoding of the programme.<br />
3) Proposed Date of Amendment Introduction January 2012<br />
4) Rationale<br />
Detail the rationale for the proposed amendment(s).<br />
The rationale for the requested amendments are :<br />
- Programme Expansion<br />
- Marketability<br />
- Continued Professional Development<br />
Flexibility is what makes distance learning (DL) distinctive <strong>and</strong> what makes it appealing to overseas students, to those already in a<br />
profession, <strong>and</strong> to mature students. Past student experiences have indicated that an even greater level of flexibility is needed to<br />
allow students to fit their studies around their work <strong>and</strong> family life. In the 2010-11 academic year alone we had 2 part-time DL<br />
students, who were also health professionals, withdraw from the course as they were not able to fit the dem<strong>and</strong>s of a 2-year parttime<br />
MSc course around their full-time employment. The proposed amendment 1 would give DL students the flexibility to<br />
choose the number of modules they wish to take each semester <strong>and</strong> year, allowing them a maximum of 5 years to obtain a<br />
qualification.<br />
The Institute are aware of overseas Institutions whose local professional training programmes do not fit with the current<br />
September - September Masters programmes run by the Institute. For example, the Institute has identified a partner Institution in<br />
Cyprus (Bank of Cyprus Cancer Centre, Nicosia) who want to encourage their trainees (registrar level) to enrol on the DL MSc<br />
Cancer Therapeutics course as part of their professional development. The proposed amendment 2 would allow suitable<br />
students (appropriate background knowledge to take semester 2 modules without having completed any semester 1 module) to<br />
enrol in January, which in the case of the Bank of Cyprus Cancer Centre students would complement their local training cycle.<br />
Having now run the DL course option for 2 years the Institute are aware of several students who wish to study certain modules as<br />
part of their continuing professional development. Such students do not want to complete a full MSc. Currently these students<br />
enrol for a full MSc, then exit having satisfied the requirements for a PG Cert or PG Dip. As such they are always behind on fee<br />
payments. We now wish to allow these students to enrol from day 1 for a PG Cert or PG Dip. The proposed amendment 3 would<br />
allow this.<br />
The Institute has now reached capacity for its on-site wet-lab MSc students, due to the availability of teaching room space for<br />
173
TPB2011-027<br />
taught modules <strong>and</strong> lab space for the semester 3 project placement. In order to exp<strong>and</strong> the number of MSc students we are<br />
working towards increasing the number of students on distance learning programmes, with lab projects being taken in a local<br />
home Institution. Allowing both a longer study period, a second intake in January, <strong>and</strong> enroling for PG Cert or PG Dip awards<br />
would further increase the attractiveness of these distance learning programmes.<br />
5) Resource Implications of Proposed Amendment(s)<br />
Are there any resource implications linked to the proposed amendment(s)?<br />
There are no resource implications for amendments 1 or 3.<br />
There are implications in an additional intake in January (amendment 2), which are addressed below:<br />
1. Programme Structure:<br />
Please see proposed programme structure attached .<br />
2. Resources<br />
All lectures are created using the live lecture capture system <strong>and</strong> these can be released at any time in the academic year once<br />
they have been recorded. There will not be any duplication of teaching for the taught lecture components. In course assessments<br />
would need to be made at the appropriate time during the taught modules. In course assessments involving presentations (oral<br />
or poster) would be carried out via Skype, as with existing DL students.<br />
There will be increased resource implications relating to the increase in student numbers such as marking <strong>and</strong> central charges,<br />
which will be compensated by the additional income.<br />
No additional exam boards will be required for the second intake. Final awards will be recommended at the summer DEB in time<br />
for the summer Graduation ceremony.<br />
The majority of DL lab projects will be hosted by the partner institution or the student's place of work. A more extended period of<br />
study would allow some DL students to carry out their project in the Institute's labs, but outside of the peak semester 3 project<br />
period for on-site students. This is an important requirement for some DL students who are not able to find a suitable host lab, or<br />
project supervisor, in their own country or place of work.<br />
Induction material for DL students is provided online. The 2nd intake will therefore receive the same information <strong>and</strong> support as<br />
the September intake.<br />
6) Anticipated Practical Implications of Proposed Amendment(s)<br />
Please specify how students' study patterns might be affected. Have the students been consulted about the<br />
proposed amendment(s)?<br />
As the additional intake would be DL students there will not be any obvious disruption or hindrance to existing on-site students.<br />
Student support <strong>and</strong> student experience<br />
There are 2 on-site student course representatives <strong>and</strong> one DL course representative elected each September. There is therefore<br />
a cross network of student support between on-site <strong>and</strong> DL students which feeds back to the staff-student liaison committee.<br />
If the second intake is greater than 4 students a second DL student rep will be elected all programme study options are<br />
represented. With a dual intake this would mean there will always be a more experienced student rep to guide the next intake of<br />
DL students.<br />
Second intake students would study specific modules at the same time as first intake on-site <strong>and</strong> DL students, so the smaller<br />
intakes would not be isolated from other students. Modules missed from the Sept-Dec taught module would be taken later in the<br />
course, again with other first intake students.<br />
Students on the 5 year programme will have a formal annual feedback session with the programme director (via Skype) to ensure<br />
that they are on track with their studies. This already happens with 1st <strong>and</strong> 2nd year full-time <strong>and</strong> part-time on-site <strong>and</strong> DL<br />
students.<br />
174
TPB2011-027<br />
7) External Examiner(s) <strong>and</strong> Student Consultation<br />
Have you consulted your External Examiner(s) <strong>and</strong> Students about the proposed amendments? If so,<br />
please detail their comments.<br />
EE comments:<br />
Dear Simon<br />
Apologies for not getting back to you sooner re the planned alterations to your DL course – the rationale makes perfect sense<br />
<strong>and</strong> should, hopefully, make the courses more attractive to applicants <strong>and</strong> current students – if implemented they should<br />
increase numbers <strong>and</strong>, particularly re. amendment 3, improve completion rates (i.e. with individuals being registered for PGCert/<br />
PGDip from the start rather than by defaulting from the MSc). It’d be useful to see your student h<strong>and</strong>book(s) (with it/them<br />
outlining passmarks, credit ratings of modules, curriculum etc) for the PGCert/PGDip if/when they get approved. Presumably<br />
there will also be progression allowed i.e. for those individuals that initially register onto the Cert etc but who then decide to take<br />
the full MSc – I also presume that there will be APL possibilities for folk that complete Cert/Dip, take a break, <strong>and</strong> who then wish<br />
to come back to take MSc?<br />
Re extending the period of registration – again, this makes perfect sense – particularly for individuals taking a DL course (it would<br />
also, I presume, be useful for P/T campus based students) – the added pressure that such students face (eg via work/employment<br />
requirements) makes an extended registration period, for those who need it, almost essential for successful completion (i.e. this<br />
should also aid student experience <strong>and</strong> your completion rates) – we usually allow a maximum of 4 years to complete – any<br />
specific reason for 5 years? I don’t see it being a problem – it would, obviously, only be used in rare occasions with the majority of<br />
students presumably wishing to complete ASAP, within the recommended timeframe (so their degree is as marketable as<br />
possible) i.e. will you be recommending completion over the 2 years but allowing up to 5 for extenuating circumstances only (e.<br />
g. to account for maternity, ill-health, employment issues etc etc). Presumably the total registration period could be the same for<br />
all categories of students (F/T, P/T, DL) but recommendation made for ideal completion times (i.e. to allow those with approved<br />
extenuating circumstances to still obtain a degree). Or were you recommending that DL students take up to 5 years to complete<br />
at the outset of registration?<br />
Re 2 intakes per year – again, makes sense <strong>and</strong> if your admin team <strong>and</strong> academics can accommodate the increased workload<br />
then I see no reason why it shouldn’t be implemented. I’m sure that you, <strong>and</strong> the team, will ensure that such students feel<br />
‘embedded’ into the course <strong>and</strong> that they don’t feel that they are a separate isolated cohort. I see that such students will have<br />
final awards recommended at the Summer exam board rather than the September one – how will this work from an external<br />
moderation perspective i.e. as external examiners are only currently present for the September one? Presumably if externals are<br />
not to be present for the Summer exam board they will be able to see all paperwork, etc for such students, at the Sept EB i.e. to<br />
ensure parity across both cohorts of students (traditional Sept intake <strong>and</strong> the new Jan intake). What happens re assessments –<br />
will the new intake sit exams at the same time as the traditional students or will new sets of assessments be required – how will<br />
parity across assessments be maintained if the latter?<br />
I am, as mentioned at the outset (<strong>and</strong> as can be seen from above) in favour of the alterations as I believe they will enhance<br />
student experience <strong>and</strong> aid their completion of the courses. It’ll undoubtedly mean increased admin <strong>and</strong> academic workload but<br />
if you’ve got the resources to cope with this, <strong>and</strong> parity is maintained across the different cohorts, then I’m all for it.<br />
Please let me know if you need any additional comments/feedback from this end.<br />
All the best<br />
Stewart<br />
Dr SG Martin<br />
Associate Professor of Oncology, MSc Course Director<br />
<strong>and</strong> Head of Translational Radiation Biology Research Group<br />
University of Nottingham<br />
Response to points raised by EE:<br />
Dear Stewart<br />
175
TPB2011-027<br />
Many thanks for your comments, <strong>and</strong> for your questions. These are things the review panel are also likely to raise, so useful for us<br />
to address them.<br />
To answer some of the key points you raise (your questions in red);<br />
It’d be useful to see your student h<strong>and</strong>book(s)- happy to do that, they will be studying the existing modules, but we will have a<br />
separate h<strong>and</strong>book just for PGCert or Dip entry.<br />
Presumably there will also be progression allowed i.e. Yes, we are already approved to accredit prior learning, so they could<br />
transfer to a PGDip or MSc.<br />
we usually allow a maximum of 4 years to complete – any specific reason for 5 years? We are working with an Oncology Centre in<br />
Cyprus who would get their registrars to a PG Dip as a part-time course as part of their 3 year on-site Oncology training<br />
programme. If they wish to do a project for a full MSc it might take another 2 years. We would recommend any of these<br />
programmes be completed in less time than that, but would prefer to be covered for a full 5 years for circumstances such as this,<br />
<strong>and</strong> in case of maternity, illness etc.<br />
Re 2 intakes per year – ….I’m sure that you, <strong>and</strong> the team, will ensure that such students …. don’t feel that they are a separate<br />
isolated cohort. They would start on semester 2 modules alongside regular on-site students, so should not feel isolated. The<br />
additional workload for us is limited, we are not suggesting repeating any teaching, just doing the modules in a different order.<br />
This would only be suitable for students who already have sufficient background knowledge to do that (eg, clinicians starting<br />
with the more clinical modules in semester 2).<br />
Presumably if externals are not to be present for the Summer exam board they will be able to see all paperwork, etc for such<br />
students, at the Sept EB i.e. to ensure parity across both cohorts of students (traditional Sept intake <strong>and</strong> the new Jan intake).<br />
What happens re assessments – will the new intake sit exams at the same time as the traditional students or will new sets of<br />
assessments be required – how will parity across assessments be maintained if the latter? The new intake would take exams for a<br />
particular module at the same time as the on-site students. The full exam board would see these students marks as they progress<br />
through the course. If we wanted to recommend a final award in time for a Summer graduation it would be with the Exam Board<br />
chairs action, <strong>and</strong> with the agreement of the external.<br />
…..parity is maintained across the different cohorts, then I’m all for it. We would ensure that there was parity between the various<br />
options by which these programmes could be taken.<br />
Please let me know if you need any additional comments/feedback from this end. I think that will be fine for this stage Stewart.<br />
With best wishes,<br />
Simon Joel<br />
Reader in Cancer Pharmacology<br />
Feedback at the Staff - student liaison committee (feedback from DL rep):<br />
From: maja liskova [mailto:liskovama@googlemail.com]<br />
Sent: 16 October 2011 13:10<br />
To: Simon Joel<br />
Subject: Re: MSc course amendments<br />
Dear Simon<br />
Nice to hear from you.<br />
The proposed changes seem to be good step forward, giving more flexibility to organise life-work-study balance for the parttime<br />
distance learning students. I do not think anybody would have any objections against these changes from student part.<br />
Best Wishes<br />
Maria Liscova<br />
176
TPB2011-027<br />
> Has a the Programme Specification been revised to take into account the programme<br />
amendment?<br />
Yes<br />
Approval of Programme Amendment<br />
Programme<br />
Organiser*<br />
Simon Joel<br />
Digitally signed by Simon Joel<br />
DN: cn=Simon Joel, o=BCI,<br />
ou=Haemato-Oncology,<br />
email=s.p.joel@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2011.11.28 16:36:32 Z<br />
Head(s) of School<br />
Digitally signed by Nick Lemoine<br />
DN: cn=Nick Lemoine, o=Institute of<br />
Cancer, ou=Barts <strong>and</strong> The London<br />
School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry,<br />
email=director@qmcr.qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />
Date: 2011.12.21 13:15:47 Z<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Head(s) of<br />
supporting School<br />
Chair of Programme <strong>and</strong> Module<br />
Approval Board<br />
177
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Programme Specification<br />
Awarding Body/Institution<br />
Teaching Institution<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />
Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title MSc, PG Dip or PG Cert in Cancer Therapeutics<br />
Name of Interim Award(s)<br />
Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />
QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />
QAA Benchmark Group<br />
FT 1year, PT 2 years (PT study can be extended to 5 years with approval)<br />
A3T3 (MSc FT); A3T4 (MSc PT) ; A3T5 (MSc DL FT) ; A3T6 (MSc DL PT)<br />
Medicine<br />
FHEQ Level of Award Level 7<br />
Programme Accredited by<br />
Date Programme Specification Approved<br />
Responsible School / Institute<br />
Barts Cancer Institute<br />
Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />
Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine<br />
Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />
Institute of Cancer Research London, University College London<br />
Programme Outline<br />
The programme is provided by Barts Cancer Institute within Barts <strong>and</strong> the London School of Medicine. Barts Cancer Institute is<br />
an important part of the Barts Cancer Research UK Centre, a partnership between <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> College, Barts Hospital <strong>and</strong><br />
Cancer Research UK which brings together world-class scientists, doctors <strong>and</strong> nurses working in the heart of London. Their aim<br />
is to push the boundaries in our underst<strong>and</strong>ing of cancer <strong>and</strong> use this information to save more lives from the disease.<br />
Alongside this high quality research, a new hospital at Barts provides the very latest treatments for patients in the area. This<br />
brings together an almost unique grouping of cancer expertise involved in basic, translational <strong>and</strong> clinical aspects of Cancer<br />
Therapeutics, that means we are able to offer this learning opportunity to study for a Masters, Diploma or Certificate<br />
postgraduate award. All teaching is delivered by research active scientists <strong>and</strong> clinicians.<br />
The full Masters programme provides both theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical knowledge, with 50% of the course comprising practical<br />
modules. More formal teaching, both in the classroom <strong>and</strong> the laboratory, is delivered in modules 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, with students<br />
undertaking a full time project in semester 3. This can be taken as full-time (1 year) or part-time (typically 2 years, but up to 5<br />
years with the approval of the Course Director) study, <strong>and</strong> can be taken as a Distance Learning programme with full-time <strong>and</strong><br />
part-time options. The full Masters degree requires satisfactorily completing 180 credits of study.<br />
178
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
It is also possible to take this programme with the aim of completing 120 credits of study for a Postgraduate Diploma award, or<br />
60 credits for a Postgraduate Certificate award. Students enrolling for a Diploma can study 120 credits of taught modules, or a<br />
combination of taught modules <strong>and</strong> project. Students enrolling for a Certificate must study 60 credits of taught modules. Both<br />
the Diploma <strong>and</strong> Certificate programmes can be taken as a distance learning option.<br />
Aims of the Programme<br />
The specific aims of the programme are to provide participants with a clear underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the scientific basis underlying the<br />
principles <strong>and</strong> practice of cancer therapeutics <strong>and</strong> the development, evaluation <strong>and</strong> implementation of new treatments. This<br />
will be underpinned by a thorough knowledge of cancer biology <strong>and</strong> pathology, research methodologies, drug development<br />
<strong>and</strong> regulatory issues.<br />
This knowledge will provide you with a good grounding in the use <strong>and</strong> evaluation of cancer therapies which will enhance career<br />
prospects in many areas of early phase clinical trials <strong>and</strong> clinical drug development in the cancer setting. It will also provide<br />
proven theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical skills suitable for entry to a PhD degree course.<br />
Students enrolling for a Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate typically do so as part of their Continuing Professional<br />
Development, so select modules to satisfy their own professional learning requirements.<br />
What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />
On completion of the course students will:<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />
have a good grounding in the molecular <strong>and</strong> cellular biology relevant to cancer<br />
A 1<br />
have a thorough knowledge of the principles underlying the diagnosis <strong>and</strong> treatment of cancer<br />
A 2<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> the steps involved in developing <strong>and</strong> implementing new cancer treatments<br />
A 3<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> the regulatory framework underlying clinical research<br />
A 4<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of key laboratory methodologies applied to clinical trials<br />
A 5<br />
Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />
demonstrate skills in gathering, recording, analysing <strong>and</strong> presenting information<br />
B 1<br />
contribute to the research activity <strong>and</strong> knowledge base in improving cancer care<br />
B 2<br />
B 3 apply knowledge gained from the programme in their own professional role<br />
179
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Attributes:<br />
C 1<br />
C 2<br />
C 3<br />
experienced in oral <strong>and</strong> poster presentation<br />
experience of working as part of a research-active group<br />
significant laboratory or clinical research experience<br />
How Will You Learn?<br />
Module <strong>and</strong> project teaching will comprise the following;<br />
• Whole-group seminars/lectures on specific topics. Tutors <strong>and</strong> students will be encouraged to develop a tutorial atmosphere in<br />
which dialogue <strong>and</strong> discussion can take place.<br />
• Whole-group practical classes in small groups to address a specific practical method or topic. These will be recorded in the<br />
student’s practical files. The Barts Cancer Institute teaching lab (newly refurbished) will be used for many of these teaching<br />
sessions.<br />
• Whole-group demonstrations. These will take place in Institute laboratories or the class-room to address specific technologies<br />
(i.e. expression array technology) or methods (i.e. array data analysis).<br />
• Student presentations on specific topics.<br />
• Individual tuition will take place for all students during the 4-unit project, or for students who require additional input in a<br />
particular topic area.<br />
• Key generic skills will be acquired from each of the above.<br />
• Teaching material will be available on the College internet site via Blackboard. A computer room with 16 PC’s is provided for the<br />
use of Barts Cancer Institute students only.<br />
• The majority of the teaching rooms, the practical lab <strong>and</strong> the computer room are on the Charterhouse Square campus. Some<br />
teaching may take place at St Bartholomew’s Hospital, which is 5 minutes walk from Charterhouse Square.<br />
The provision of key skills in the core module Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences will enable students to maximise their ability to<br />
underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> learn from other modules. Students will maintain a file of practical work carried out in the core module which will<br />
be useful during the project module.<br />
As self-directed learning is the major component of each module students will be encouraged to identify their own learning<br />
needs as modules progress. All students will have access to named personal mentors (lecturer grade or above) on entry to the<br />
course. These mentors will provide advice on issues arising from the course itself, <strong>and</strong> on issues such as post course employment<br />
<strong>and</strong> further training opportunities.<br />
Students will have full access to the College/Medical School library <strong>and</strong> student computing facilities, in addition to the computer<br />
room provided. The course is delivered using a virtual learning environment (Blackboard) provided by the college. This enables<br />
lecture notes <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>out material to be available electronically, provides space for discussion <strong>and</strong> question boards <strong>and</strong> allows<br />
assessed work to be uploaded remotely. For Distance Learning students lectures <strong>and</strong> tutorials are captured <strong>and</strong> uploaded<br />
immediately onto Blackboard. The captured lecture includes classroom audio, all projected slides or images <strong>and</strong> whiteboard<br />
annotations made by the lecturer.<br />
Classroom teaching will also involve a real time assessment of the group underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the topic being covered using the<br />
Turning Point student response system. This involves questions embedded into presentations to which the students respond,<br />
using an individual unit that provides an anonymous response with a single click. This ensures that feedback is received from all<br />
students in the group, <strong>and</strong> provides students with a guide to their own underst<strong>and</strong>ing of a particular topic.<br />
Students are encouraged to attend the weekly Institute seminar programmes on the Barts <strong>and</strong> Charterhouse Square campuses<br />
(subject to module timetabling), as well as the Distinguished Guest Speaker Programme.<br />
180
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
How Will You Be Assessed?<br />
Assessment of individual taught modules includes in-course assessments (typically 40% of the module mark) <strong>and</strong> an examination<br />
paper (typically 60% of the module mark). There is a small variation in the relative contribution of each assessment method<br />
between modules.<br />
In-course assessments include presentations (oral <strong>and</strong> poster), vivas, written assignments <strong>and</strong> practicals.<br />
The semester 3 project is submitted as an assessed 5,000 word report. The overall project mark also includes a mark for an oral<br />
presentation of the project <strong>and</strong> a supervisor mark based on the student's overall performance in the lab.<br />
For DL students assessed presentations are given via Skype.<br />
How is the Programme Structured?<br />
The full Masters course involves studying 12 units, totalling 180 credits (15 credits per unit). This includes 6.5 units (97.5 credits) of<br />
core taught modules, 1.5 units (22.5 credits) of option taught modules <strong>and</strong> the lab project which is equal to 4 units (60 credits).<br />
Five option (elective) modules are offered, from which students must select 3.<br />
Full time students take 4 or 4.5 (depending on option selection) taught units in semester 1 (Sept - Dec, delivered as 2 full days<br />
teaching each week on Wednesday <strong>and</strong> Thursday) <strong>and</strong> are then examined on those modules in early January. Students take a<br />
further 3.5 or 4 taught units in semester 2 (Jan - April, delivered over 3 days each week, Tuesday, Wednesday <strong>and</strong> Thursdays), with<br />
module exams at the end of that period. Students who have satisfactorily passed at least 4 units (60 credits) are then able to<br />
progress to the project module in semester 3.<br />
Part-time students study 4 taught units (60 credits) in year 1 <strong>and</strong> 4 taught units (60 credits) in year 2. The project module can<br />
either be studied part-time in semester 3 in years 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, or full-time in semester 3 in year 2.<br />
Distance learning students can study the course either full-time or part-time. The project module can then be studied either at<br />
the Institute in Charterhouse Square, or can be taken at a host institution in the student's home country, or at the student's place<br />
of work, dependent on finding a suitable local supervisor. In these cases a co-supervisor from Barts Cancer Institute will also be<br />
appointed.<br />
The module diet shown in the table on the next page is for full-time students taking the course over 1 year. For part-time<br />
students the typical module diet would be ;<br />
Year 1<br />
Semester 1<br />
Basic Molecular <strong>and</strong> Cancer Biology<br />
Cancer Pharmacology<br />
Option module (Cancer Pathology, if selected as an option)<br />
Semester 2<br />
Biological Therapies<br />
Drug Development<br />
Option module (from list below, if Cancer Pathology not studied in semester 1)<br />
Semester 3<br />
Project module<br />
Year 2<br />
Semester 1<br />
Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences<br />
181
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Semester 2<br />
Site Specific Tumour Treatment<br />
Ablative Therapies<br />
Option modules ( from list below)<br />
Semester 3<br />
Project module<br />
For students enrolling for a Diploma award involving only taught modules, the module diet would be the same as for the Masters<br />
course semesters 1 <strong>and</strong> 2. The module diet for Diploma students taking 4 taught modules <strong>and</strong> the project module, or for<br />
Certificate students, would be finalised after discussion with the Programme Director <strong>and</strong> consideration of their prior knowledge.<br />
Summary<br />
MSc 12 units/180credits comprising : 8 taught units + 4 unit lab project<br />
Pg Diploma 8 units/120 credits comprising : 8 taught units or 4 taught units + 4 unit lab project<br />
Pg Certificate 4 units/60 credits comprising : 4 taught units<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study 1<br />
Module Title<br />
Module<br />
Code<br />
Credits<br />
Level<br />
Module<br />
Selection<br />
Status<br />
<strong>Academic</strong><br />
Year of<br />
Study<br />
Semester<br />
Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences CANM901 30 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Basic Molecular & Cancer Biology CANM902 15 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Cancer Pharmacology CANM903 15 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />
Pathology of Cancer CANM909 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />
Biological Therapies CANM907 15 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />
Site Specific Tumour Treatment CANM904 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />
Ablative Therapies CANM905 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />
Drug Development CANM906 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />
Cancer Prevention & Screening CANM912 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Paediatric <strong>and</strong> Adolescent Oncology CANM911 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Imaging CANM908 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
182
Programme Title:<br />
Module Title<br />
Genomic Approaches to Human<br />
Disease<br />
Module<br />
Code<br />
Credits<br />
Level<br />
Module<br />
Selection<br />
Status<br />
<strong>Academic</strong><br />
Year of<br />
Study<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Semester<br />
CANM920 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />
Project CANM913 60 7 Compulsory 1 Semester 3<br />
What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />
The course is open to graduate scientists, nurses, clinicians <strong>and</strong> other professionals allied to medicine working in healthcare, the<br />
pharmaceutical industry or contract research organisations.<br />
For admission to the programme students will need either;<br />
• a good degree (2i or above, or 2ii with extenuating circumstances confirmed by an academic referee) or degree equivalent<br />
from a recognised academic institution<br />
or<br />
• an appropriate professional qualification.<br />
Additional post-degree experience or qualifications can also me taken into consideration.<br />
Students for whom English is a second language will also require a minimum IELTS 7 or TOEFL 610 score.<br />
The course is also offered as an Intercalated Masters degree for MBBS students who have satisfactorily completed at least 3 years<br />
of their undergraduate degree. (This is currently only available to external students, not to those studying for an MBBS at QMUL).<br />
Other factors contributing to selection for entry to the course will be;<br />
• previous educational qualifications<br />
• work <strong>and</strong> research experience<br />
• the reasons for taking the course<br />
• future career <strong>and</strong>/or research plans<br />
• letters of recommendation.<br />
In addition to the above, students taking the course as a Distance Learning option will need access to computer <strong>and</strong> internet<br />
facilities, <strong>and</strong> will need to be within reasonable travelling distance of a British <strong>Council</strong> test centre or partner university to sit<br />
invigilated examinations.<br />
How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />
The programme is continuously quality-reviewed by an MSc management body which includes the Course Director, module<br />
leads, teaching administrators <strong>and</strong> student representatives. This body therefore acts as a Staff-Student Liason Committee,<br />
facilitating formal feedback from student representatives on any non-academic issue relevant to the course.<br />
In addition, all students provide feedback on individual lecture <strong>and</strong> module content <strong>and</strong> delivery, using anonymous web-based<br />
assessments. As a result, changes are made to the course based on the formal <strong>and</strong> anonymised student feedback.<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />
Students are encouraged to interact with academic staff during classroom teaching to foster a tutorial-like learning environment.<br />
183
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Members of the teaching staff, (typically the module lead <strong>and</strong> 1 other), mark all assessed work <strong>and</strong> provide written feedback on<br />
the in-course assessments. Students are able to view that written feedback at any time. Indeed, in semester 1 feedback is given<br />
on research Skills practical write-ups within 1-2 weeks of submission to enable students to incorporate that feedback into their<br />
subsequent write-ups. Feedback on progress <strong>and</strong> performance is given to students individually at the end of each semester by<br />
the Course Director, with the proviso that all marks are provisional until confirmed by the relevant examination boards.<br />
If a student is having difficulty with a particular module, topic or practical, additional teaching support can be provided. Students<br />
also have access to named personal mentors who can advise on areas in which the student may be having difficulty, or an issues<br />
such as post-course employment .<br />
Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />
The academic regulations relating to the programme are those used by the College, except for marks required for an MSc with<br />
Distinction, where the following applies:<br />
Distinction award - College mark of 70% or more with a mark for the Project module of 70% or more.<br />
Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />
learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />
postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />
Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />
• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />
• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />
• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />
• Special arrangements in examinations<br />
• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />
• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />
• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />
• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />
• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />
Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />
On completion our students will have the theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical background to go into further laboratory or clinical research,<br />
or into various aspects of cancer drug development <strong>and</strong> clinical evaluation in the context of early phase trials.<br />
Our graduate destinations include: PhD studentships (internal <strong>and</strong> external to the Institute), medical school, clinical trials<br />
research positions, laboratory research technicians, research assistants.<br />
Students also take this course as part of their Continuing Professional Development while employed by the National Health<br />
Service (pharmacists, radiographers <strong>and</strong> clinical trials assistants) or by pharmaceutical companies. International students also<br />
take the DL version of the course as part of their Continuing Professional Development, particularly those training in Medical<br />
Oncology.<br />
184
Programme Title:<br />
TPB2011-027<br />
Programme Specification Approval<br />
Person completing Programme Specification<br />
Simon Joel <strong>and</strong> Kaye Yeung<br />
Person responsible for management of programme Simon Joel <strong>and</strong> Kaye Yeung<br />
Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />
by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />
Date Programme Specification approved by<br />
Taught Programmes Board<br />
185
TPB2011-028<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Executive Summary<br />
MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History<br />
Regulations<br />
School of History<br />
Following a review of the relationship <strong>and</strong> Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />
Agreement with University College London in regards to the<br />
MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History<br />
programme, it has been agreed that the special regulations<br />
should be published the <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations.<br />
The changes to condoned failure <strong>and</strong> classification will apply<br />
from the 2012/13 academic year onwards.<br />
Outcome Requested<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />
approve the following joint regulations for the MA History of<br />
Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History programme.<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> Author<br />
Ken Chow<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />
186
TPB2011-028<br />
MA/PGDip/PGCert in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual<br />
History<br />
Partner institution: University College London<br />
Introduction<br />
The MA in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History shall follow the<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ard QMUL regulations except in the following particulars.<br />
Condoned failure (2011/12 cohort <strong>and</strong> earlier)<br />
The examination board may condone failure in the taught component of modules up<br />
to a maximum value of 30 credits (MA/PGDip) or 15 credits (PGCert), where:<br />
i) a student achieves a module mark of 30.0 or higher; <strong>and</strong>,<br />
ii) the student achieves an average mark of 50.0 or higher across all modules.<br />
Condoned failure (2012/13 cohort onwards)<br />
The examination board may condone failure in the taught component of modules up<br />
to a maximum value of 30 credits (MA/PGDip) or 15 credits (PGCert), where:<br />
i) a student achieves a module mark of 40.0 or higher; <strong>and</strong>,<br />
ii) the student achieves an average mark of 50.0 or higher across all modules.<br />
Resits<br />
Where a student resits a module <strong>and</strong> fails, the resit mark shall st<strong>and</strong> (rather than the<br />
best fail).<br />
Classification (2011/12 cohort <strong>and</strong> earlier)<br />
College Mark Dissertation mark Classification<br />
70.0 or higher 65.0 or higher Distinction<br />
60.0 or higher - Merit<br />
50.0 or higher - Pass<br />
Classification (2012/13 cohort onwards)<br />
The MA in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History shall be classified as<br />
follows:<br />
College Mark Dissertation mark Other criteria Classification<br />
70.0 or higher 70.0 or higher No condoned failures Distinction<br />
No resits<br />
60.0 or higher 65.0 or higher No condoned failures Merit<br />
No resits<br />
50.0 or higher - - Pass<br />
187
TPB2011-029<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
Nature of proposal(s)<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Title of Proposal(s)<br />
being considered<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Collaborative Proposal<br />
Study Abroad & Exchanges Office<br />
Collaborative proposal for an exchange agreement with the<br />
University of Western Australia<br />
The Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider<br />
<strong>and</strong> approve the proposed partner institution. Due Diligence<br />
<strong>and</strong> Risk Assessment Forms are attached.<br />
Should any conditions or recommendations be attached to the<br />
approval arising from discussion at the Board these will be<br />
clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong> relayed to the<br />
proposer<br />
Potential issues<br />
identified <strong>and</strong><br />
comments on the<br />
proposal(s) from<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Nature of collaboration: An undergraduate exchange<br />
agreement: up to 4 FTEs will be exchanged annually (1<br />
semester exchange student being 0.5 FTE). Incoming<br />
students will enter QMUL's Study Abroad programme <strong>and</strong> will<br />
be admitted <strong>and</strong> administered centrally through the<br />
programme. The exchange will be open to all QMUL students<br />
except those on SMD <strong>and</strong> Law programmes.<br />
Comments on the partner: The Risk Assessment <strong>and</strong> Due<br />
Diligence process indicate low levels of risk. UWA is a high<br />
quality partner <strong>and</strong> the agreement with them will raise the QM<br />
profile in Australia where QM currently has only one<br />
partnership with the University of Melbourne. This additional<br />
agreement would increase QM potential for attracting PG<br />
students from the wider pacific <strong>and</strong> South East Asian region.<br />
QMSE: strategic approval of the proposal was given by<br />
QMSE at its meeting on 10 January.<br />
Next steps: following TPB approval, the Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />
Agreement (already provided with the documentation) will be<br />
prepared for signing by the Principal <strong>and</strong> the Vice-Chancellor<br />
of UWA.<br />
No significant issues identified.<br />
Author<br />
Raluca Vasiliu-McIver<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />
188
Information Sheet<br />
CONTACT DETAILS<br />
Name of University:<br />
The University of Western Australia<br />
Office dealing with study abroad/exchange matters:<br />
Study Abroad Office<br />
Mailing address:<br />
Study Abroad Office<br />
International Centre, M352<br />
The University of Western Australia<br />
35 Stirling Highway<br />
Crawley 6907<br />
AUSTRALIA<br />
Street address: (For courier delivery)<br />
As Above<br />
Contact details of staff in Exchange/International Office<br />
Mr Kelly Smith<br />
Ms Milly Ingate<br />
Director<br />
Associate Director<br />
International Centre<br />
Regional Manager (North America <strong>and</strong> Europe )<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 1853<br />
Manager, Student Exchange <strong>and</strong> Study Abroad<br />
Fax: +61 8 6488 1129<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 3537<br />
kelly.g.smith@uwa.edu.au<br />
Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />
milly.ingate@uwa.edu.au<br />
Ms Serena Young<br />
Study Abroad Adviser (Europe Incoming & Outgoing)<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 3536<br />
Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />
serena.young@uwa.edu.au<br />
Mrs Sarah Kahle<br />
Promotion & Student Liaison Officer<br />
Canada (Incoming <strong>and</strong> Outgoing)<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 4612<br />
Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />
sarah.kahle@uwa.edu.au<br />
Ms Carolyn Wood<br />
Study Abroad Adviser (Rest of the world Incoming &<br />
Outgoing)<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 2298<br />
Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />
Carolyn.wood@uwa.edu.au<br />
Ms Jessica Gordon<br />
Study Abroad Assistant<br />
Tel: +61 8 6488 8199<br />
Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />
Jessica.gordon@uwa.edu.au<br />
Email address that exchange applicants can direct their enquiries to:<br />
studyabroad@uwa.edu.au<br />
After Hours Emergency Contact<br />
If outside of normal working hours, please contact +61 8 6488 2222<br />
Website for more information<br />
http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/study-abroad-<strong>and</strong>-exchange<br />
GENERAL INFORMATION<br />
General information<br />
Established in 1911, UWA is Western Australia's oldest university <strong>and</strong> one of Australia’s most prestigious educational<br />
institutions.<br />
First-time visitors to the campus will find UWA’s impressive architecture <strong>and</strong> beautifully l<strong>and</strong>scaped gardens breathtaking.<br />
UWA's riverside campus, only minutes from the city centre offers an unrivalled study experience. Students have<br />
access to libraries, an extensive range of campus services, <strong>and</strong> excellent sports <strong>and</strong> recreational facilities to balance<br />
the dem<strong>and</strong>s of study. Activities include sports such as tennis, squash, basketball, volleyball <strong>and</strong> aerobics, general<br />
interest clubs <strong>and</strong> societies, cafes, theatres <strong>and</strong> museums.<br />
The University of Western Australia is a member of the Group of 8 in Australia (see http://www.go8.edu.au/), has<br />
achieved top ratings in the Good Universities Guide, consistently attracts the State’s top school-leavers, <strong>and</strong> has<br />
received one of the highest allocations of research funds for the nation.<br />
In 2010, UWA enrolled 81.4% of the State’s top 5% of school-leavers <strong>and</strong> 76.8% of the top 10% of school leavers who<br />
enrolled at Western Australian universities.<br />
189<br />
1
<strong>Academic</strong> Calendar (2011)<br />
First semester:<br />
Teaching: 28 February – 3 June<br />
Examinations: 6 June – 25 June (includes 1 week study break)<br />
Non-teaching Study Break: 25 April – 29 April<br />
Second Semester:<br />
Teaching: 1 August – November 4<br />
Examinations: 7 November – 26 November (includes 1 week study break)<br />
Non-teaching Study Break: 26 September – 30 September<br />
Trimester Dates (MBA Only)<br />
First Trimester:<br />
Teaching: 24 January – 21 April<br />
Examinations: 25 April – 30 April<br />
Second Trimester<br />
Teaching: 16 May – 5 August<br />
Examinations: 8 August – 12 August<br />
Third Trimester<br />
Teaching: 29 August – 18 November<br />
Examinations: 21 November – 25 November<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> Calendar (2012)<br />
2012 - Principal Dates<br />
First Semester<br />
Teaching: 27 February – 1 June<br />
Examinations: 2 – 23 June (Including 1 week study break)<br />
Non-teaching Study Break: 9 April - 15 April<br />
Second Semester:<br />
Teaching: 30 July - 2 November<br />
Examinations: 10 November - 25 November<br />
Non-teaching study break - 24 September - September 28<br />
Trimester Dates (MBA Only)<br />
First Trimester<br />
Teaching: January 21 - April 20<br />
Examinations: April 21 – April 28<br />
Second Trimester<br />
Teaching: May 12 - August 3<br />
Examinations: August 4 - August 11<br />
Third Trimester<br />
August 25 - November 16<br />
Examinations: November 17 - November 24<br />
Number of credits or units that undergraduate students need to complete in one semester<br />
St<strong>and</strong>ard academic load per semester: 24 points<br />
Undergraduates should enrol in 24 points credit points per semester<br />
Postgraduates should enrol in 24 points credit points per semester<br />
Most units (courses) have a value of 6 credit points<br />
190<br />
2
<strong>Academic</strong> Information:<br />
• Degree Information (Website or Program H<strong>and</strong>book): http://h<strong>and</strong>books.uwa.edu.au/ - go to “Units Home” for<br />
unit selections.<br />
• Unit (courses) Registration Procedure (Website if any): Pre-enrolment is not available at UWA, however<br />
classes do not normally fill up. You may request prior approval of units by completing a Proposed Study List. An<br />
Approved Study List will be sent to you, normally prior to your departure. A place in approved units is normally<br />
guaranteed provided the unit is still available. You may change your unit selection at any time prior to formal<br />
enrolment. Formal enrolment takes place during Orientation. You will be assigned to a course adviser who will be<br />
available during the enrolment session to assist with your selection of units. Dropping <strong>and</strong> adding of units will be<br />
fully explained during Orientation.<br />
• Class Format: Lectures, plus tutorials/labs<br />
• Grading:<br />
80- 100 High Distinction (HD)<br />
70-79 Distinction (D)<br />
60-69 Credit Pass (CR<br />
50-59 Pass (P)<br />
45-49 Fail (N+)<br />
0-44 Fail (N)<br />
• Average Course Load per semester: 24 points (4 units [courses])<br />
Number of credits or units required for completion of first (or equivalent of Bachelor’s) degree<br />
This varies depending on the Degree, please see<br />
http://courses.h<strong>and</strong>books.uwa.edu.au/courses?section=finder&finder=12,25&title=Bachelor's+Degrees<br />
Is pre-registration available to exchange students? If not when does registration take place?<br />
No – however students can obtain an Approved Study list prior to their arrival which expedites the enrolment process.<br />
(See above Unit Registration Procedure)<br />
Are exchange students guaranteed placement in courses nominated?<br />
(See above Unit Registration Procedure)<br />
Language of instruction<br />
The language of instruction is English.<br />
Are there any special language courses for exchange students?<br />
Yes. UWA offers two English language credit bearing units - English<br />
Language <strong>and</strong> <strong>Academic</strong> Communication (HUMA 1101 <strong>and</strong> HUMA1102), which will focus on English<br />
language <strong>and</strong> academic communication skills for tertiary study. These units have been designed to meet<br />
the immediate needs of Study Abroad <strong>and</strong> exchange students entering the UWA for linguistic <strong>and</strong> cultural<br />
immersion. The units offer eligible students guided English language development within their program of<br />
study. Each unit has a value of one quarter (6 points) of a normal semester load (24<br />
points). The units may be studied concurrently, as independent units or as sequential units.<br />
Entry points are:<br />
IELTS 6.0 (no b<strong>and</strong> score below 6.0)<br />
Internet-based TOEFL 77<br />
Computer-based TOEFL 210<br />
<strong>Paper</strong>-based TOEFL 540<br />
Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English with C grade<br />
UWA Bridging Course: C+ grade<br />
Other not for credit English courses are available, please refer to the Centre for English Language Teaching. These<br />
courses are not covered within the terms of the Agreement <strong>and</strong> will incur tuition fees. For further information<br />
http://www.celt.uwa.edu.au/welcome/about_celt<br />
The Centre offers a variety of courses including General English, <strong>Academic</strong> English, <strong>and</strong> Examination Preparation (for<br />
TOEFL, IELTS, Cambridge, TOEIC).<br />
191<br />
3
Exchange-related information<br />
Level<br />
Undergraduate & Postgraduate (depending on terms of the agreement)<br />
Duration of Exchange<br />
Minimum: 1 Semester or trimester<br />
Maximum: 2 Semesters or 3 trimesters<br />
Restricted programs or courses (not open to exchange students)<br />
Depends on terms of the agreement. If the Agreement is Faculty-based, students may only be exchanged within the<br />
relevant faculties as specified within the terms of the Agreement. If the Agreement is a University to University<br />
Agreement, students may be exchanged within all faculties. Students may apply for any unit which is part of a<br />
st<strong>and</strong>ard course of study except for courses within the Faculty of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry.<br />
Other courses may be restricted <strong>and</strong> some units may also be quota restricted.<br />
Are there specific admission requirements for students?<br />
Yes:<br />
Undergraduate Students: One year of tertiary study at a recognised institution at the time of application, with an<br />
overall weighted average equivalent to 65% on the UWA Grading Scale. Agreed equivalent is outlined within the<br />
Terms of the Agreement.<br />
Postgraduate students: You must have completed a first degree in order to take classes at a postgraduate level.<br />
Units taken within the MBA program require the completion of a Bachelors degree <strong>and</strong> 2 years minimum Management<br />
experience (or equivalent work experience).<br />
All students must satisfy UWA's st<strong>and</strong>ard English language competency requirements. See below.<br />
Services available to exchange students<br />
Exchange students have access to same services <strong>and</strong> facilities as full-degree students. Please see Campus Facilities:<br />
Student Services http://www.studentservices.uwa.edu.au/<br />
About UWA http://www.uwa.edu.au<br />
UWA Sports http://www.sport.uwa.edu.au/<br />
Guild http://www.guild.uwa.edu.au/<br />
Application deadlines<br />
Nominations should be made by 1 April for study commencing in Semester 2 (July - November) <strong>and</strong> 30 November for<br />
study commencing in Semester 1 (February - June).<br />
Supporting documents for applications should be received by 1 May for Semester 2 <strong>and</strong> 31 December for Semester 1,<br />
however late applications will be considered if there is enough processing time available.<br />
Are application materials available online?<br />
Exchange partners are required to nominate to UWA first, <strong>and</strong> then students will receive an email with password <strong>and</strong><br />
instructions for completing the online application<br />
Nominations should be made by 1 April for study commencing in Semester 2 (July - November) <strong>and</strong> 30 November for<br />
study commencing in Semester 1 (February - June).<br />
To nominate a student, please email the following details:-<br />
‣ First Name<br />
‣ Surname<br />
‣ Gender<br />
‣ Date of Birth<br />
‣ Level of Study (1 st year, 2 nd year etc)<br />
‣ Duration (1 or 2 semesters, or other for graduate research, MBA etc)<br />
‣ Student email address<br />
‣ Exchange / Study Abroad<br />
Level of English proficiency requirement<br />
TOEFL with an Essay Rating/TWE of 4.5 <strong>and</strong> either 230 (Computer-based) or 570 (<strong>Paper</strong>-based) score,<br />
TOEFL Internet-based requires a score of 90 with a minimum score of 22 in the Writing section <strong>and</strong> no less<br />
than 20 in the other sections.<br />
192<br />
4
IELTS: overall score of 6.5 with no individual component less than 6.0<br />
<br />
<br />
For all other qualifications, including acceptable qualifications for Swedish, Danish, Finnish, Dutch, Norwegian<br />
<strong>and</strong> German students please refer to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/undergraduate/admission/english<br />
Please note that some faculties may request higher scores.<br />
Other English language qualifications not listed above will be assessed on an individual basis.<br />
See also above Special English Language courses for linguistic <strong>and</strong> cultural immersion students.<br />
English Language Bridging courses<br />
English Language Bridging courses (fee-paying) are available (see http://www.celt.uwa.edu.au/courses/pathways).<br />
Provided that students meet the academic requirements for entry, students applying for entry as Study Abroad or<br />
Exchange will be issued with a Letter of Offer conditional upon the results of the English Language Bridging course.<br />
The HUMA courses mentioned above are also offered.<br />
Supporting documents required to be submitted with exchange application<br />
Most recent <strong>Academic</strong> transcript<br />
Printed online application with Declaration signed <strong>and</strong> dated.<br />
Evidence of English Language Competency (if applicable)<br />
In some cases, if the GPA falls marginally below the minimum required, we will also request:-<br />
2 x academic references<br />
1 x statement of motivation<br />
1 x letter of support from home university / international office<br />
Arrival / Orientation program<br />
Recommended arrival dates<br />
Your students should arrive a day or two before Orientation if housing has already been pre-arranged. Students who<br />
have not secured any housing are recommended to arrive at least two weeks prior to the commencement of classes.<br />
Is airport pick-up service available?<br />
A 24 hour airport pick-up service is available free of charge if you have applied for permanent or<br />
temporary housing in one of the University Residential Colleges, or if your final destination on arrival<br />
is within the university precinct (Nedl<strong>and</strong>s, Crawley, Subiaco, Shenton Park or the Perth CBD).<br />
Is orientation program available?<br />
Yes<br />
If yes, when will it be held?<br />
Orientation program for Semester 2, 2011 – Will begin Monday 25th July<br />
Orientation program for Semester 1, 2012 – Will begin on Tuesday February 14th<br />
Cost of orientation program (if any)<br />
Not Applicable, however optional excursions will incur a small fee.<br />
Accommodation<br />
Is university-administered accommodation available to exchange students?<br />
Yes. Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges<br />
Is accommodation guaranteed for exchange students? Please include any conditions for guarantee.<br />
No<br />
193<br />
5
If university accommodation is available, do students send accommodation applications to your office <strong>and</strong><br />
where to obtain the application materials apply through the exchange office??<br />
Accommodation applications can be downloaded from the residential college websites. Students usually send their<br />
housing applications direct to the residential college, though if they are included with the exchange application, we will<br />
forward it to the college requested. Housing is competitive <strong>and</strong> it is recommended that applications for housing are<br />
submitted as early as possible – your students do not need to wait until they receive an Offer from the Study Abroad<br />
Office.<br />
Will accommodation material be provided by the Exchange Office?<br />
Yes<br />
If students are required to submit accommodation applications to a separate office, please advise the<br />
application procedures.<br />
Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges as application process may<br />
vary.<br />
Is accommodation available over semester breaks? If yes, any additional charges?<br />
Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges as it may vary with each<br />
Residential College.<br />
If university-administered accommodation is not available, will there be any assistance in finding private<br />
housing?<br />
Students will be directed to the Housing Service of Student Services. The Housing Service offers a free <strong>and</strong><br />
confidential accommodation advisory support service to enrolled students. Housing Officers do not arrange<br />
accommodation students but can only provide advice <strong>and</strong> information <strong>and</strong> manage the Housing Database, which is a<br />
self serve facility allowing enrolled students to view property listings <strong>and</strong> make their selections accordingly. A number of<br />
properties (either on a vacant or share basis) <strong>and</strong> rooms available for rent in homes in surrounding areas are listed in<br />
the Housing Database. Students may then access the information <strong>and</strong> contact owners or lessees directly to arrange a<br />
viewing.<br />
http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/off-campus<br />
Visa requirements<br />
Are exchange students required to obtain a student visa?<br />
Yes. Some students from eligible countries may be able to apply for a Working Holiday Visa (WHV). See below.<br />
Are exchange students allowed to work?<br />
On campus:<br />
Off campus:<br />
Yes (20 hours per week)<br />
Yes (20 hours per week)<br />
Is a special visa required for work?<br />
No, the Student Visa includes the right to work.<br />
Working Holiday Visa (WHV)<br />
Instead of a Student Visa, students may be eligible to apply for a Working Holiday Visa (WHV) Please see the following<br />
website for the different categories <strong>and</strong> conditions of a WHV: http://www.immi.gov.au/visitors/working-holiday/visaoptions.htm.<br />
if students come to UWA on a WHV they should be aware of the following -<br />
Students are not entitled to Overseas Student Health Cover (OSHC)but must accept the responsibility to<br />
arrange their own health insurance <strong>and</strong> acknowledge that they must cover their own expenses while in<br />
Australia<br />
Students will not be covered by the Education for Overseas Students (ESOS) Act which protects the interests of<br />
overseas students studying in Australia. Further information about how ESOS protects overseas students is<br />
194<br />
6
available at: http://www.international.uwa.edu.au/studentnet/esos<br />
Medical Insurance<br />
Are exchange students required to purchase a compulsory plan? If yes, please provide details:<br />
Yes.<br />
Overseas Student Health Cover is an Australian Student Visa requirement.<br />
Costs are (2011 premium)<br />
AUD$420-450 for 1 year <strong>and</strong><br />
AUD$210 for 6 months<br />
More information can be found at www.oshcworldcare.com.au<br />
Students from Sweden (covered by CSN) <strong>and</strong> Norway do not have to purchase the additional insurance.<br />
Are exchange students able to apply for an insurance waiver if they have their own insurance coverage?<br />
No. OSHC is an Australian Government requirement.<br />
Estimated expenses per semester/term (in local currency)<br />
University-administered accommodation<br />
Please go to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />
Private accommodation<br />
Please go to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />
There are establishment costs of two weeks rent in advance, four weeks rent as bond, a letting fee <strong>and</strong> connection fees<br />
for electricity, gas <strong>and</strong> telephone. Most rental leases will require a commitment of at least 26 weeks (6 months).<br />
Food/Meals<br />
Local Transportation<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> expenses (e.g. books, fieldtrips, etc.)<br />
Personal expenses<br />
Please see - http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />
Any fees other than tuition (e.g. student services)<br />
$60 per semester amenities <strong>and</strong> services fee (voluntary) – see<br />
http://www.studentadmin.uwa.edu.au/welcome/fees/amenities_&_services_fee<br />
Housing application fee - Students who apply to the residential colleges will need to pay an application fee of AU$60.<br />
195<br />
7
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Collaborative Provision<br />
Risk Assessment Form<br />
The following types of collaborative proposals require the Risk Assessment:<br />
Articulation <strong>and</strong> Progression Agreements<br />
Single Taught Award<br />
Split-site research degree programmes<br />
Study Abroad Agreement<br />
Joint/Dual Award Agreement<br />
TTInsert Name<br />
University of Western Australia<br />
The Context<br />
Student Language<br />
Description Score Tick one in each<br />
category<br />
English first language (UK or overseas) 1<br />
English second language (UK-based) 2<br />
English second language (overseas) 3<br />
Cultural <strong>and</strong> educational context<br />
UK 1<br />
EU 2<br />
US/Canada/Australia/NZ 2<br />
Other 3<br />
The Proposed Partner<br />
Status<br />
Publicly funded University<br />
0<br />
approved/supported)<br />
Privately-funded University 1<br />
Public funded FE College 2<br />
Private College or Education Provider 3<br />
Public/private organisation – main function 4<br />
not education, but substantial education<br />
provision<br />
Resources<br />
Well resourced large organisation 1<br />
Well resourced small organisation 2<br />
Any size with limited resources 3<br />
196
Role of partner in delivery<br />
Administrative support (for distance or e- 1<br />
learning)<br />
Study support (for distance or e-learning) 2<br />
Delivery of teaching & assessment 3<br />
Partner’s expertise in this field<br />
At this level 1<br />
At lower level 2<br />
None 3<br />
Partner’s previous collaboration with UK (or other) HEIs<br />
At this level 1<br />
At lower level 2<br />
None 3<br />
The Proposed Programme<br />
Collaborative ‘history’<br />
Established collaborative programme 1<br />
Established at QMUL only 2<br />
New programme 3<br />
HEQF level<br />
Level 3 1<br />
Level 4,5,6 2<br />
Level 7,8,9 3<br />
QA processes of partner institution<br />
Defined/comparable 1<br />
Defined/some level of concern 2<br />
Not known 3<br />
Total Score 13<br />
Add up the individual scores: 1 = low risk; 2-3 = medium risk; 4 = high risk<br />
Overall risk scores: 10 – 15 = low; 16 -21 = medium; 22 – 31 = High<br />
The overall total score of any proposal will lie between 9 (min) <strong>and</strong> 31 (max),<br />
with 9 – 15 regarded as ‘low risk’; 16 – 21 as ‘medium risk’; <strong>and</strong> 22 – 31 as ‘high risk’.<br />
Note:<br />
Proposals with high risk assessment scores will require careful consideration <strong>and</strong><br />
scrutiny before a decision to proceed is given.<br />
In addition to completion of the Collaborative Risk Assessment Form, QMUL staff<br />
or students proposing to travel to the partner institution's country should consult<br />
QM policy on safe business travel <strong>and</strong> emergency procedures which you can find<br />
on the Procurement web pages on http://connect.qmul.ac.uk/travel/index.html<br />
197
TPB2011-030<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />
Nature of proposal(s)<br />
Owning School /<br />
Institute<br />
Title of Proposal(s)<br />
being considered<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Collaborative Proposal<br />
International Office (Study Abroad & Exchanges)<br />
Collaborative proposal for an exchange <strong>and</strong> study abroad<br />
agreement with the University of Illinois at Urbana-<br />
Champaign (UIUC)<br />
The Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider<br />
<strong>and</strong> approve the proposed partner institution. Due Diligence<br />
<strong>and</strong> Risk Assessment Forms are attached.<br />
Should any conditions or recommendations be attached to the<br />
approval arising from discussion at the Board these will be<br />
clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong> relayed to the<br />
proposer<br />
Potential issues<br />
identified <strong>and</strong><br />
comments on the<br />
proposal(s) from<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
Nature of collaboration: An undergraduate Exchange <strong>and</strong><br />
Study Abroad agreement commencing in the academic year<br />
2013/14. Participating QM students will do so through the<br />
QMUL International Exchange Programme. Incoming<br />
students will be admitted <strong>and</strong> administered centrally through<br />
the Study Abroad programme. UIUC students on a fee-paying<br />
basis are already expected in January 2012. The exchange<br />
will be open to all QM students except those on SMD <strong>and</strong> Law<br />
programmes.<br />
Comments on the partner: UIUC is a high ranking US<br />
institution with a great academic compatibility with QM <strong>and</strong><br />
considered to be a highly suitable international partner for the<br />
College. It enjoys a particularly strong reputation in science<br />
<strong>and</strong> engineering. UIUC will provide an excellent academic <strong>and</strong><br />
pastoral environment for QM outgoing students. It is expected<br />
that UIUC will be a desirable destination for students in<br />
science <strong>and</strong> engineering, currently under-represented in our<br />
outgoing exchange cohort. The Risk Assessment <strong>and</strong> Due<br />
Diligence process indicate low levels of risk.<br />
QMSE: strategic approval of the proposal is being sought<br />
through QMSE at its meeting on 24 January.<br />
Next steps: Documentation for the Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />
Agreement is already at an advanced stage. Following TPB<br />
approval, this will be prepared for signature by the Principal<br />
<strong>and</strong> the Chancellor of UIUC.<br />
198
TPB2011-030<br />
No particular issues indentified.<br />
Author<br />
Raluca Vasiliu-McIver<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />
199
Due Diligence Check-List<br />
The purpose of the due diligence process is that the College can be satisfied about the good st<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />
prospective partner <strong>and</strong> of its capacity to fulfil its designated role in the proposed arrangement. QMUL will only<br />
enter into partnerships with institutions of equal st<strong>and</strong>ing which will enhance its academic reputation. In some<br />
cases a Risk Assessment Form may also be required (please refer to the Collaborative approval table).<br />
Where there is more than one partner please provide a complete set of information for each on separate<br />
sheets. If drawing from web pages please insert link.<br />
By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />
1. Name, address <strong>and</strong> web site of proposed partner organisation<br />
Name<br />
Address<br />
Web site<br />
The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign<br />
901 West Illinois Street, Urbana, IL 61801, USA<br />
http://illinois.edu/<br />
2. Details <strong>and</strong> Title of contact at proposed partner organisation<br />
Name<br />
Role<br />
Mr Jerome Ng<br />
Assistant Director, Student International <strong>Academic</strong> Affairs <strong>and</strong> the Study Abroad Office<br />
Telephone Number +1 (217) 333-6322<br />
E-mail Address<br />
jeromeng@illinois.edu<br />
3. Details of Head of Institution/Signatory<br />
Name <strong>and</strong> Title<br />
Position<br />
Phylis . Wse<br />
Chancellor<br />
4. What is the status of the proposed partner organisation (please select as appropriate)<br />
HEI with degree awarding powers International Other (please state)<br />
HEI without degree awarding powers<br />
Further Education College<br />
Private training provider or company<br />
Research Institute<br />
Agent<br />
Other (please state)<br />
Other (please state)<br />
Other (please state)<br />
Other (please state)<br />
Other (please state)<br />
5. Written statement describing the legal status of the partner institution. Please include the basis on<br />
which the organisation has the authority/legal right to enter into collaborative partnerships.<br />
200
Established in 1867 as a l<strong>and</strong> grant university, The University of Illinois is a public research university, ultimately responsible to<br />
the citizens of Illinois <strong>and</strong> the Illinois General Assembly. Authority over the University is held by a Board of Trustees. A president is<br />
the chief executive officer for the university system, <strong>and</strong> each of three campuses is headed by a chancellor, vice chancellors who<br />
have campuswide responsibilities, <strong>and</strong> other administrators whose duties are delegated by the chancellor.<br />
6. Partner institution's Mission Statement, where available; any significant future developments (if<br />
known).<br />
We serve the state, the nation, <strong>and</strong> the world by creating knowledge, preparing students for lives of impact, <strong>and</strong> addressing<br />
critical societal needs through the transfer <strong>and</strong> application of knowledge.<br />
http://illinois.edu/about/about.html<br />
7. St<strong>and</strong>ing in relevant national <strong>and</strong> international league tables. For non-UK institutions: is the<br />
proposed partner subject to the scrutiny of national governments, external agencies/organisations? If<br />
yes, what has been the published outcome of such scrutiny (please provide web addresses if<br />
applicable). Evidence of the st<strong>and</strong>ing could be based on information published by organisations such<br />
as the British <strong>Council</strong>, National <strong>Academic</strong> Recognition Information Centre (NARIC), the Organisation for<br />
Economic Co-operation <strong>and</strong> Development (OECD) or in the in the following league tables:<br />
• Times Higher Education World University Rankings<br />
• QS World University Rankings (Quacquarelli Sydmonds)<br />
• <strong>Academic</strong> Ranking of World Universities (ARWU)<br />
• The Times Good University Guide<br />
• The Guardian University Guide<br />
If the proposed collaboration is at subject level, subject level rankings should also be provided if<br />
available.<br />
U.S.News & World Report: In its 2012 rankings, U.S.News & World Report's America's Best Colleges rated Illinois as the number 13<br />
public university <strong>and</strong> the number 45 national university.<br />
In 2010, The Times Higher Education World University Rankings list Illinois as 33rd in the world, 8th among American public<br />
universities.<br />
The Wall Street Journal ranks Illinois 3rd nationally (September, 2010) in terms of quality of undergraduates, as reported by<br />
corporate recruiters.<br />
In 2010, the Institute for Higher Education at Shanghai Jiao Tong University ranked Illinois as the 25th best university in the<br />
world <strong>and</strong> the 19th best university in America.<br />
Illinois ranks 47th in the world in the 2010 High Impact Universities ranking based upon research performance (http://www.<br />
highimpactuniversities.com/rpi.html)<br />
The <strong>Academic</strong> Ranking of World Universities (ARWU) ranks the University of Illinois as 25th in the World (2010); 4th World rank in<br />
Engineering/Technology <strong>and</strong> Computer Sciences (2010); 18th World rank in Life <strong>and</strong> Agriculture Sciences (2010); 23rd World<br />
rank in Natural Sciences <strong>and</strong> Mathematics (2010)<br />
201
8. Financial st<strong>and</strong>ing (for non-publicly funded entities only): Provide evidence where available of the<br />
good financial st<strong>and</strong>ing of the partner institution. This could include partner institution's most recent<br />
Annual Report <strong>and</strong> Accounts. Free copies of reports may be available from the partner's web site.<br />
Other online sources of financial information include The Annual Reports Library <strong>and</strong> Company Annual<br />
Reports Online (CAROL)<br />
9. How long has the proposed partner been in existence in its current form? since 1885<br />
10. Does the proposed partner have any current or previous links with QMUL? Please state.<br />
UIUC students have been participating in QMUL's Study Abroad programme for many years.<br />
11. Does the proposed partner have any current or previous links with other UK or overseas HE<br />
institutions? Please state.<br />
Current UK partners: City University, Cass Business School<br />
Manchester Business School, University of Manchester<br />
Newcastle University<br />
Northumbria University<br />
Pembroke College, University of Cambridge<br />
<strong>Queen</strong>'s University Belfast<br />
Swansea University<br />
University of Aberdeen<br />
University of Bristol<br />
University College London<br />
University of East Anglia<br />
University of Glasgow<br />
University of Leeds<br />
University of Liverpool<br />
University of Nottingham<br />
University of Sheffield<br />
University of Stirling<br />
University of Sussex<br />
University of York<br />
12. Include information on any cultural, academic or other issues that you think relevant to assess the<br />
good st<strong>and</strong>ing of the proposed partnership, or which might raise issues of concern.<br />
202
13. For joint awards only: Does the proposed partner have the legal<br />
authority to award joint degrees?<br />
14. In the case of outgoing student exchanges: Confirmation that a site visit has been carried out to the<br />
Partner institution <strong>and</strong> that there are appropriate facilities in place for QMUL students.<br />
QMUL Study Abroad Office staff have visited UIUC on a number of occasions. UIU offers excellent academic <strong>and</strong> support<br />
services.<br />
15. For overseas partners: Are there any current FCO concerns regarding personal safety, health <strong>and</strong><br />
travel to the area in question? (check Foreign <strong>and</strong> Commonwealth Office Country Profile <strong>and</strong> Travel<br />
Advice).<br />
No<br />
16. Details <strong>and</strong> Title of contact at academic lead at QMUL<br />
Name<br />
Role<br />
Andrew George<br />
Director of Study abroad <strong>and</strong> Exchanges<br />
Telephone Number 020 7882 5071<br />
E-mail Address<br />
a.j.george@qmul.ac.uk<br />
203
<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Collaborative Provision<br />
Risk Assessment Form<br />
The following types of collaborative proposals require the Risk Assessment:<br />
Articulation <strong>and</strong> Progression Agreements<br />
Single Taught Award<br />
Split-site research degree programmes<br />
Exchange Agreement<br />
Joint/Dual Award Agreement<br />
TTInsert Name<br />
The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign<br />
The Context<br />
Student Language<br />
Description Score Tick one in each<br />
category<br />
English first language (UK or overseas) 1<br />
English second language (UK-based) 2<br />
English second language (overseas) 3<br />
Cultural <strong>and</strong> educational context<br />
UK 1<br />
EU 2<br />
US/Canada/Australia/NZ 2<br />
Other 3<br />
The Proposed Partner<br />
Status<br />
Publicly funded University<br />
0<br />
approved/supported)<br />
Privately-funded University 1<br />
Public funded FE College 2<br />
Private College or Education Provider 3<br />
Public/private organisation – main function 4<br />
not education, but substantial education<br />
provision<br />
Resources<br />
Well resourced large organisation 1<br />
Well resourced small organisation 2<br />
Any size with limited resources 3<br />
204
Role of partner in delivery<br />
Administrative support (for distance or e- 1<br />
learning)<br />
Study support (for distance or e-learning) 2<br />
Delivery of teaching & assessment 3<br />
Partner’s expertise in this field<br />
At this level 1<br />
At lower level 2<br />
None 3<br />
Partner’s previous collaboration with UK (or other) HEIs<br />
At this level 1<br />
At lower level 2<br />
None 3<br />
The Proposed Programme<br />
Collaborative ‘history’<br />
Established collaborative programme 1<br />
Established at QMUL only 2<br />
New programme 3<br />
HEQF level<br />
Level 3 1<br />
Level 4,5,6 2<br />
Level 7,8,9 3<br />
QA processes of partner institution<br />
Defined/comparable 1<br />
Defined/some level of concern 2<br />
Not known 3<br />
Total Score 13<br />
Add up the individual scores: 1 = low risk; 2-3 = medium risk; 4 = high risk<br />
Overall risk scores: 10 – 15 = low; 16 -21 = medium; 22 – 31 = High<br />
The overall total score of any proposal will lie between 9 (min) <strong>and</strong> 31 (max),<br />
with 9 – 15 regarded as ‘low risk’; 16 – 21 as ‘medium risk’; <strong>and</strong> 22 – 31 as ‘high risk’.<br />
Note:<br />
Proposals with high risk assessment scores will require careful consideration <strong>and</strong><br />
scrutiny before a decision to proceed is given.<br />
In addition to completion of the Collaborative Risk Assessment Form, QMUL staff<br />
or students proposing to travel to the partner institution's country should consult<br />
QM policy on safe business travel <strong>and</strong> emergency procedures which you can find<br />
on the Procurement web pages on http://connect.qmul.ac.uk/travel/index.html<br />
205
TPB2011-031<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/12<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Report of Proposals Approved by Schools/Institutes<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to note the<br />
proposals that have been approved by Schools/Institutes<br />
since its last meeting.<br />
Comments from the<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
The arrangements for programme <strong>and</strong> module approval in<br />
2011/12 devolve to School/Institute Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching<br />
Committees (or equivalent) decision making for minor<br />
programme amendments, st<strong>and</strong>ard module proposals,<br />
module amendments, <strong>and</strong> module withdrawals.<br />
The attached report covers decisions taken by<br />
School/Institute Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committees from<br />
03/11/2011 – 10/01/12<br />
206
Approval Body<br />
School/Institute L&T Committee / Head of<br />
School/Institute<br />
Report Period Period 3<br />
Proposal Type<br />
School/Institute<br />
Programme/M<br />
odule Code Programme/Module Title Implementation Date Brief Description / Comments<br />
Module Amendment Biological <strong>and</strong> Chemical Sciences SBC617 The Psychology of Sociality <strong>and</strong> the Origins of Morality January 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />
Business <strong>and</strong> Management BUS212 Ethics <strong>and</strong> Business January 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />
BUS302 Organization & Identity September 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />
Engineering <strong>and</strong> Materials Science MELM005 Ultrasound <strong>and</strong> Imaging January 2012 Minor change to content description, semseter B module.<br />
English <strong>and</strong> Drama ESH205 Black Writing in Britain January 2012 Assessment change from seminar presentation to class participation<br />
ESH391 Writing Sixteenth Century Lives January 2012 Word count reduction<br />
Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science ELE104 Professional Applications September 2011 Minor change to assessment weightings. Module in Sem A & B, assessments in Sem B. Students were consulted<br />
ELE444 Communication Systems Electronics January 2012 Assessment method <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />
Module Proposal Business <strong>and</strong> Management BUS325 Organization & Environment January 2013 (blank)<br />
Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film ESH7000 Dissertation September 2012 (blank)<br />
History HST6330 Empire to Independence: The Making of Modern India, 17January 2012 (blank)<br />
Module Withdrawal Mathematical Sciences ASTM003 Angular Momentum <strong>and</strong> Accretion in Astrophysics (7.5 cre(blank) Has been out of use<br />
ASTM005 Research Methods in Astronomy (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />
ASTM041 Relativistic Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />
ASTM051 Plasma Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />
ASTM052 Extragalactic Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTH4109 Fundamentals of Statistics I (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTH6119 Fluid Dynamics (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTH6133 Solving Partial Differential Equations (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM017 Groups <strong>and</strong> Representations (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM018 Dynamical Systems I (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM019 Dynamical Systems II (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM020 Projective <strong>and</strong> Polar Spaces (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM027 Quantum Computation (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM029 Introduction to Commutative Algebra <strong>and</strong> Algebraic Geom(blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM034 Quadratic Forms (blank) Has been out of use<br />
MTHM036 Permutation Groups (blank) Has been out of use<br />
Programme Amendment Economics <strong>and</strong> Finance L1S3 MSc Banking <strong>and</strong> Finance September 2012 Addition of an elective module<br />
L1T1 MSc Investment <strong>and</strong> Finance September 2012 Addition of an elective module<br />
Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science H6K4 Telecommunication Systems (Networks) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6K6 Telecommunication Systems (Internet Computing) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6K8 Telecommunication Systems (Applications) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6K5 Telecommunication Systems (Networks) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6K7 Telecommunication Systems (Internet Computing) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6K9 Telecommunication Systems (Applications) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6W2 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Networks Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6W3 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Physical Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
H6W1 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Networks Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />
207
TPB2011-032<br />
Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2011<br />
<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />
Outcome requested<br />
Report from the Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong> Admissions<br />
Group (MRAG)<br />
Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to note the<br />
proposals that have been approved by MRAG.<br />
Comments from the<br />
<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />
MRAG considers <strong>and</strong> approves proposals to withdraw<br />
programmes <strong>and</strong> these are reported to TPB for information.<br />
208
Approval Body<br />
Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong> Admissions Group (CA)<br />
Report Period Period 3<br />
Proposal Type<br />
School/Institute<br />
Programme/M<br />
odule Code Programme/Module Title Last Intake<br />
Prgramme Withdrawal Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film LR71 BA French <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />
LREZ BA French <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />
LR74 BA Hispanic Studies <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />
LRGZ BA Hispanic Studies <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />
209